Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Online Resource  (233)
  • 2015-2019  (209)
  • 1990-1994  (24)
  • 1975-1979
  • 1955-1959
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (233)
Datasource
Material
  • Online Resource  (233)
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on franchising
    DDC: 658.8/708
    Keywords: Franchising ; Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books ; Franchising
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783479139
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliii, 300 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Rückwanderung ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; Personnel management ; Creative ability in business ; Employee selection ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Returnees, talent and public policy: the case of China -- pt. II. A global perspective on entrepreneur, talent and entrepreneurship ecosystem.
    Abstract: Talent has become the most important resource for organizations across a wide range of sectors throughout the world including business, non-profit, and government. These organizations are now engaged in an increasingly fierce competition to acquire the best talent as they seek to gain the upper hand in today's fast changing environment. By combining the body of knowledge on entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective, this book provides a synthesized understanding of entrepreneurial mobility and talent management in the entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystem. The expert contributors combine empirical evidence and case studies to provide a nuanced understanding of global talent management from an international comparative perspective. The topics discussed include China's return migration and its impact on Chinese development, local engagement and transformation of Chinese communities in England, and reverse migration from the US to China. Furthermore, from a comparative perspective, contributors examine global talent and entrepreneurial mobility in the contexts of Silicon Valley, European university spin-off practices and entrepreneurial ecosystems in France, Italy, and South Korea, respectively. Scholars and students in entrepreneurship and talent management will find the scope for future research useful in their work. Entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers will benefit from the examination of global perspectives and different national contexts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781783475469
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (552 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Encyclopedia of human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management Encyclopedias ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Absence -- ACAS -- Aesthetic labour -- Age discrimination -- Aging workforce -- Alienation --Alternative dispute resolution -- AMO model -- Annualised hours -- Apprenticeship -- Aptitude test -- Arbitration -- Assessment centres -- Attitude survey -- Bargaining level -- Bargaining scope -- Benefits -- Best fit -- Best practice -- Big five -- Biodata -- Blacklisting -- Blended learning -- Body work -- Bonuses/incentives -- Broadbanding -- Bullying -- Bureaucracy -- Burnout -- Call centres Capability procedure -- Career breaks -- Careers -- Change management -- CIPD -- Coaching -- Co-determination -- Collective agreements -- Collective bargaining -- Collectivism -- Commitment Communication -- Community unionism -- Comparative HRM -- Competence -- Competency Based pay -- Competitive advantage -- Compressed working time -- Conciliation -- Configurational model -- Conflict -- Constructive dismissal -- Consultation -- Context -- Contingency theory -- Continuing professional development -- Contract of employment -- Convergence theory -- Coordinated market Economy -- Core worker -- Corporate social responsibility -- Cross-cultural training -- Custom and practice -- Customer appraisal -- CV/resume -- Default retirement age -- Deskilling -- Direct Discrimination -- Dirty work -- Disability discrimination -- Disciplinary procedure -- Discipline and grievance -- Disconnected capitalism -- Dismissal -- Distance learning -- Diversity management -- Division of labour -- Downsizing -- Early retirement -- E-learning -- Electronic HRM -- Electronic recruitment -- Emotional intelligence --Emotional labour -- Employability -- Employee -- Employee assistance programmes -- Employee Engagement -- Employee involvement -- Employee share ownership plans -- Employee voice -- Employer branding -- Employers associations -- Employment agency -- Employment relationship -- Employment tribunal -- Empowerment -- Equal opportunity -- Equal pay -- Equity -- Ethics -- Ethnocentric management -- European works Councils -- Executive search firms -- Exit interview -- Expatriate -- Expectancy theory -- Experiential learning -- External labour markets -- Family friendly policies -- Financial participation -- Financialisation -- Fixed term contract -- Flexible firm -- Flexible working -- Flexicurity -- Flexitime -- Frame of reference -- Freelance work -- Gender gap -- Gender pay gap -- Generations -- Geocentric management -- Glass ceiling -- Global supply chains -- Globalization -- Golden handshake -- Graduate recruitment -- Greenfield sites -- Green human resource management -- Grievance procedure -- Gross misconduct -- Halo effect -- Hard and soft HRM -- Harmonisation -- Headhunting -- Health and safety -- Herzberg: motivators and heygiene factors -- Hierarchy -- High involvement management -- High performance work systems -- Homeworking -- Horns effect -- HRM process approach: attribution of HRM -- Human capital -- Human relations movement/mayo -- Human resource department -- Human resource development -- Human resource function and business partnering -- Human resource information systems -- Human resource management -- Human resource management in mergers and acquisitions -- Human resource manager -- Human resource planning -- Human resource strategy -- Immigration -- Impression management -- Indirect discrimination -- Induction -- industrial action -- Industrial relations -- Informal learning -- Institutional framework -- Institutional theories -- Intellectual capital -- Intelligence tests -- Internal labour markets -- International human resource management -- International labour organisation and international labour standards -- internships -- Interpersonal skills -- Interviews -- Investors in people -- Japanese management -- Job analysis -- Job description -- Job design -- Job enlargement -- Job enrichment -- Job evaluation -- Job quality -- Job rotation -- Job satisfaction -- Job security -- Joint consultation -- Knowledge management -- Knowledge, skills and abilities -- Knowledge worker -- Labour -- Labour law -- Labour market -- Labour mobility -- Labour process/theory -- Labour turnover -- Leadership and leader member exchange (lmx) -- Lean production -- Learning cycle -- Learning organisation -- Learning style -- Liberal market economy -- Lifetime employment -- Line managers -- Living wage -- Long hours culture -- Low pay --
    Abstract: Management -- Management consultancy -- Management development -- Management style -- Managerial control -- Maslow: hierarchy of needs -- Master of business administration -- Maternity, paternity and parental leave -- Mcgregor -- Mediation -- Mentoring -- migrant worker -- Minimum wage -- Misconduct -- motivation -- Multi-national companies -- Multi-skilling -- National culture -- Negotiation -- Neo-liberalism -- Non-union workplace -- Non-unionism -- Notice period -- Occupational health -- Off-the-job learning -- Older worker -- Online learning -- On-the-job learning -- Organisation development -- Organisational career systems -- Organisational citizenship behaviour -- Organisational culture -- Organisational learning -- Organisational misbehaviour -- Organisational politics -- Outsourcing -- Overtime -- Panel interviews -- Part-time working -- Partnership -- Paternalism -- Payment by results -- Payment system -- Peer appraisal -- Pensions -- Performance appraisal -- Performance appraisal interview -- Performance management -- Performance-related pay -- Peripheral worker -- Person-environment fit -- Person specification -- Personal development plan -- Personality test -- Personality traits -- Picketing -- pluralism -- Polycentric management -- Positive action -- Positive discrimination -- Power -- Precarious employment -- Prejudice -- Presenteeism -- Probation -- Professionalism -- Profit-related pay/gainsharing -- Profit-sharing -- Promotion -- Psychological capital -- Psychological contract -- Psychometric testing -- Public sector -- Purpose-driven leadership -- Qualifications -- Quality circles -- Race discrimination -- Radicalism -- Recognition -- recruitment -- Red-circling -- Redeployment -- References -- Regulation -- Religious discrimination -- Repatriation -- Representation gap -- Representative participation -- Resignation --Resistance -- Resource-based view -- Resourcing -- Retention -- Retirement -- Reward management -- Sabotage -- Salary -- Scientific management -- Secondment -- Security of employment -- Selection -- Selection method -- Selection test -- Self-appraisal -- Self-employment -- Self-managed teams -- Self-management -- Sex discrimination -- Sexual harassment -- Shared services -- Shift work -- Shop steward -- Shortlisting -- Single pay spine -- Single-table bargaining -- Single-union agreement -- Skill -- Skills-based pay -- Small and medium-sized enterprises -- Social capital -- Staff association -- Staff poaching -- State -- Strategic choice -- Strategic hrm -- Strategy -- Stress -- Strikes -- Subcontracting -- Succession planning -- Suggestion scheme -- Summary dismissal -- Systematic training cycle -- Talent management -- Team-based appraisal -- Team pay -- Team briefing -- Teamwork -- Telework and coworking -- Temporary work -- Temporary worker -- Term-time working -- Terms and conditions -- 360-degree appraisal -- Time-based pay -- Total reward -- Trade union recognition -- Trade unions -- Training -- Training and development -- Training evaluation -- Training needs analysis -- Transferable skills -- Transformational leadership -- Transnational collective agreements -- tupe -- Undocumented immigrant worker -- Unfair dismissal -- Union avoidance: substitution and suppression -- Union busting -- Union density -- Union organising -- Unitarism -- Universalistic theory -- Unofficial strikes -- Unsocial hours -- Upward appraisal -- Upward problem-solving -- Variable pay -- Varieties of capitalism -- Vocational and education training -- Wages -- Welfare -- Wellbeing -- Whisteblowing -- Work -- Work-life balance -- Work limitation -- Work organisation -- Workaholism -- Worker -- Workforce Intelligence planning -- Working time -- Workplace democracy -- Written warning -- Wrongful dismissal -- Young workers -- Zero-hours contracts.
    Abstract: The Encyclopedia of Human Resource Management is an authoritative and comprehensive reference resource with almost 400 entries on core HR areas and key concepts. From age discrimination, to zero hours contracts, each entry reflects the views of an expert and authoritative author. The terms included vary from singular concepts such as performance appraisal and industrial conflict, to organisational behaviour terms including organisational culture and commitment; and broader management terms such a resourcing and management development. Each entry provides a list of references and further reading to enable the reader to gain a deeper awareness and understanding of each topic. This book is an ideal companion to a standard HRM textbook, and both undergraduate and postgraduate students will find it to be of value. It will also be useful for academic researchers, HR practitioners and policy specialists looking for a succinct expert summary of key HR concepts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    ISBN: 9781785363153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Evolution of family business
    DDC: 338.6/1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Lateinamerika ; Spanien ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Comparative analysis -- pt. II: Large national markets and large family groups (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina) -- pt. III: Business families and politics in small and medium sized markets (Colombia, Costa Rica, Honduras) -- pt. IV: Business families between dictatorship And democracy (Spain, Peru, Chile): from narrow regulated markets to the global market.
    Abstract: Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book. Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782546368
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 387 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of contemporary research on emerging markets
    DDC: 330.9172/4
    RVK:
    Keywords: Volkswirtschaft ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Branchenentwicklung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Schwellenländer ; Markets Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Commerce ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Extending theoretical and conceptual thinking about emerging markets -- pt. II. Operational practices in emerging markets and their implications -- pt. III. Looking forward : eclectic perspectives on emerging markets.
    Abstract: The Handbook brings together leading scholars in international business as well as other disciplines to contribute state-of-the-art thinking on emerging markets. The volume extends theoretical and conceptual thinking, looks at operational practices and their implications and provides a research agenda to move the field forward. Contributors include a mix of new and established authors from around the world, for a diverse and current set of scholarly perspectives on emerging markets. Combining academic and operationally focused chapters, they offer a multifaceted, in-depth look at specific geographies and functional areas to enrich our understanding of emerging markets. This energetic and varied look at a burgeoning field will be an invaluable resource for academics and for students at the post-doctoral, PhD and MBA levels
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785366314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Grand, Simon, 1968 - Routines, strategies and management
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Strategic planning ; Management Methodology
    Abstract: 1. Researching routines as strategies - a strategy-as-practice view -- 2. Theorizing routine dynamics - a practice view -- 3. Managerial engagement - a practice view on strategic management -- 4. Managing routines as strategies - a case in haute couture textiles -- 5. Routinizing strategic management - a case in software engineering -- Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: The dynamic interplay of routines, strategies and management allows companies to successfully move forward within their industries. This book contributes to a coherent conceptualization of strategy, organization and management from a practice perspective, identifying strategy as realized in the action. Simon Grand provides a theoretical framework and detailed exploration in the context of two attractive empirical cases. He discusses topics such as theorizing routine dynamics, managerial engagement and managing routines as strategies to provide a detailed exploration of the importance of organizational routines for strategy. This book will be of interest to researchers in the areas of organizational studies, strategic management, technological innovation and the creative industries. The empirical case studies will also be of use to students and scholars of various disciplines
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781783479849
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The McGill international entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Hamid Etemad -- Part I: Examination of entrepreneurial orientation-performance relations -- 2. International entrepreneurship and performance: what are the important factors in markets with high cultural distance? / Elena Cedrola, Loretta Battaglia and Anna Grazia Quaranta -- 3. Risk-seeking behaviors in SMEs' internationalization / Noémie Dominguez -- 4. Psychological traits, experiences, foreign language knowledge of entrepreneurs, and re-internationalization strategies of SMEs: a theoretical analysis / Huu Le Nguyen and Sören Kock -- Part II: Collaborative inter-dependence -- 5. The dynamic development of international entrepreneurial networks / Vaiva Stanisauskaite and Sören Kock -- 6. The influence of the entrepreneur and the accelerator in the internationalization process of web-based firms / Diala Kabbara -- 7. Formal inter-firm cooperation and international expansion: how Italian SMEs are using the network contract / S. Aureli and M. Del Baldo -- 8. How are knowledge acquisition and SMEs' internationalization related? empirical evidence from Gruppo Germani / Mirella Migliaccio and Francesca Rivetti -- 9. Value chain activities in born global companies / Ingemar Wictor -- Part III: Institutional context -- 10. The creation and internationalization of border firms / Eva J.B. Jørgensen and Einar Rasmussen -- 11. Institutional entrepreneurship and the embedded roles of the leaders and state: an historical case study of Abu Dhabi / Jasem Almarri, Katariina Juusola and John Meewella -- 12. Concluding remarks, implications and lessons / Hamid Etemad.
    Abstract: The Changing Global Economy and its Impact on International Entrepreneurship addresses different changes and challenges that small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) face in an economy where they need to compete at home and cannot refrain from participating in international markets. Contributors examine diverse SMEs that have succeeded in the face of adversity. They offer a combination of practical strategies and efficient tactics, grounded in solid theory and research, for firms in different competitive industries. This volume presents a collection of 12 carefully selected chapters that highlight challenging real-world cases to illustrate a variety of difficult problems. The editors present an analytical framework with three levels of analysis - entrepreneurial level, firm level, and institutional level - to document comprehensive, realistic and experientially-based entrepreneurial initiatives, potent firm and public policy strategies and informative and applicable results. The interactive structural design of this book offers progressively higher levels of analysis and incisive lessons, which make it perfect for academics interested in the rich range of theories, methodologies and topics surrounding SMEs' internationalization processes. Its analysis will also inform management and effective policy formulation for entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers
    Note: Contributors include: J. Almarri, S. Aureli, H. Etemad, M. Del Baldo, N. Dominguez, E.J.B. Jørgensen, K. Juusola, D. Kabbara, S. Kock, J. Meewella, H. Le Nguyen, M. Migliaccio, E. Rasmussen, F. Rivetti, V. Stanisauskaite, I. Wictor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783472338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutional case studies on necessity entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04091724
    Keywords: Kleinstunternehmen ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsförderung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Gründungsfinanzierung ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Foreword / Alejandro Poiré -- Introduction / Jeremi B. Brewer -- Part I -- Government funded programs -- 1. Supporting the transition from unemployment to self-employment: a comparative analysis of governmental support programs across Europe / Melvin Haas and Peter Vogel -- 2. From unemployment to self-employment: government support programs in greece / Argyro Nikiforou -- 3. Pete Suazo Business Center / Gladys Gonzalez, Robert Heyn and Jessica Pino -- 4. Bharatiya yuva shakti trust / Raj K. Shankar -- Part II -- Private / Non-Governmental Programs -- 5. Hanhua guarantee / Lingzhi Zhang and Spencer Brown -- 6. Prospera: a case for microenterprise among necessity entrepreneurs / Macarena Hernández, Gabriela Enrigue and Justin Oldroyd -- 7. The academy for creating enterprise / Jeremi Brewer and Stephen W. Gibson -- Part III -- Promising high-impact programs -- 8. Entrepreneurship finance lab / Asim Khwaja, Bailey Klinger and Colin Casey -- 9. Building a scalable training solution for necessity entrepreneurs in the missing middle / Jeff Brownlow -- 10. SEBRAE: serviço brasileiro de apoio às micro e pequenas empresas / Jeff Roberts and Nathalia Myrrha -- 11. Self-reliance through self-employment: an approach by the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints / Geoffrey K. Davis and Andrew Maxfield -- 12. Microfranchising: a solution to necessity entrepreneurship / Philip Webb and Jason Fairbourne -- The next step -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneurs. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world. Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials
    Note: Contributors include: J. Brewer, S. Brown, J. Brownlow, C. Casey, G. Davis, J.S. Demple, G. Enrigue, J. Fairbourne, S.W. Gibson, G. Gonzalez, M. Haas, M. Hernandez, R. Heyn, B. Klinger, A. Khwaja, A. Maxfield, N. Myrrha, A. Nikiforou, J. Oldroyd, J. Pino, J. Roberts, R. Shankar, P. Vogel, P. Webb, L. Zhang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365553
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Mittelstandspolitik ; Entrepreneurship ; Europa ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka -- Part I innovation -- 2. Innovation processes in adverse institutional settings: connectedness and disconnectedness in three regions of Ukraine / Christos Kalantaridis. Svitlana Slava, Olga Savchenko and Oleksandra Gumenna -- 3. Smart specialisation as a development opportunity for the peripheral regions of eastern poland / Anna Rogut and Bogdan Piasecki -- Part II entrepreneurial activity and regional development -- 4. Entrepreneurship and industrial policy in Ireland / Colm O'Gorman and Declan Curran -- 5. Towards Europe: the small business charter and sme policy up-grading in the western Balkans / Stephen Roper and Anita Richter -- 6. Is Estonia becoming better home for "born globals"? / Tõnis Mets -- Part III entrepreneurship and SME policy -- 7. Entrepreneurial activity of the Russian population: factors of cross-regional diversity - methodology, indicators, preliminary findings / Alexander Chepurenko, Vladimir Elakhovskiy and Ekaterina Popovskaya -- 8. Entrepreneurial perceptions and entrepreneurial activity in core and peripheral regions in Estonia / Urve Venesaar and Merle Küttim -- 9. The capitalization of new firms: exploring the influence of entrepreneurial characteristics on start-up finance / Paul Robson, Tyler Chamberlin and Mark Freel -- 10. Conclusions / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship and innovation are arguably the main drivers of economic development today. This book explores the two in depth, at both the national and regional levels, using a variety of methodologies. The expert contributors discuss the subject from a policy perspective, with case studies from a host of countries including new member states of the EU as well as established EU member states. Split into three parts, the book focuses on: innovation, entrepreneurial activity and regional development, and entrepreneurship and SME policy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of entrepreneurship and related subjects as well as to practitioners and policy-makers in the field
    Note: Contributors include: T. Chamberlin, A. Chepurenko, D. Curran, V. Elakhovskiy, M. Freel, O. Gumenna, C. Kalantaridis, M. Kuttim, T. Mets, C. O'Gorman, B. Piasecki, E. Popovskaya, A. Richter, P. Robson, A. Rogut, S. Roper, O. Savchenko, S. Slava, U. Venesaar , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364884
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial process and social networks
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Sozialkapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Netzwerkökonomik ; Entrepreneurship ; Social networks ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk
    Abstract: Introduction / Alain Fayolle, Sarah Jack, Wadid Lamine and Didier Chabaud -- Part I the evolution of networks across entrepreneurial stages -- 1. Entrepreneurial network composition and the venture creation process: an empirical investigation / Tammi Redd, Michael A. Abebe and Sibin Wu -- 2. Dynamic social networks of entrepreneurs: five years of change in the networks of Dutch entrepreneurs / Marianne De Beer, Gerald Mollenhorst and Veronique Schutjens -- 3. Social networks of the entrepreneur and formation of business opportunities: an exploratory study / Didier Chabaud and Joseph Ngijol -- 4. Start-ups repositioning in business networks / Lise Aaboen and Frida Lind -- Part II formal networks: a new research agenda? -- 5. Business and professional networks: scope and outcomes in oxfordshire / Helen Lawton-Smith and Malika Virahsawmy -- 6. Women entrepreneurs and the process of networking as social exchange / Claire M Leitch, Richard T. Harrison and Frances M. Hill -- 7. Cooperation vs. coordination relations in SME's network: a new view of collective strategy dynamics / Christophe Leyronas and Stéphanie Loup -- Part III context: a benign neglect? -- 8. The competitiveness of entrepreneurial firms from a network perspective / Christian Lechner -- 9. The role of family members in entrepreneurial networks: beyond the boundaries of the family firm / Alistair R. Anderson, Sarah L. Jack and Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd -- 10. Network structures of nascent entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of advisor networks in mena countries / Sarfraz Mian and Shahid Qureshi -- 11. Ubuntu in family businesses: a case in the Democratic Republic of the Congo / Albert B. R. Lwango -- Part IV debates and perspectives: theoretical challenges -- 12. Entrepreneurial mingling secrets: investigating the performance impact of network structure for control-based entrepreneurship using agent-based simulation / Willem Jansen, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 13. Entrepreneurial social network and actor-network theory / Wadid Lamine; Alain Fayolle and Hela Chebbi.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is undoubtedly a social process and creating a firm requires both the mobilization of social networks and the use of social capital. This book addresses the gap that exists between the need to take these factors into consideration and the understanding of how network relationships are developed and transformed across the venturing process. Expert contributions from key scholars in the field illustrate how social networks evolve across entrepreneurial stages, using studies from different regions across the world. Offering a comprehensive understanding, they emphasize the role of formal networks created inside professions and firms. Also examined is the impact of context, including both family and internationally variable institutions, that can help entrepreneurs to access resources and competencies useful for their projects. The book concludes by emphasizing the various research challenges: which theories are useful for our endeavours and which new methods can be used to understand the dynamics of the venturing process? Dynamic and eminently practical, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students studying the entrepreneurial process and the impact of social networks. It will also prove a useful tool in aiding entrepreneurs to optimize the development of their networks and better manage their entrepreneurial processes
    Note: Contributors include: L. Aaboen, M.A. Abebe, A.R. Anderson, M. Brettel, D. Chabaud, H. Chebbi, M. de Beer, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, A. Fayolle, R.T. Harrison, F.M. Hill, S.L. Jack, W. Jansen, W. Lamine, H. Lawton-Smith, C. Lechner, C.M. Leitch, C. Leyronas, F. Lind, S. Loup, A.B.R. Lwango, R. Mauer, S. Mian, G. Mollenhorst, J. Ngijol, S. Qureshi, T. Redd, V. Schutjens, M. Virahsawmy, S. Wu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Styhre, Alexander, 1971 - Corporate governance, the firm and investor capitalism
    DDC: 658.4
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Prinzipal-Agent-Theorie ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Agency-Theorie
    Abstract: Prologue: the Great Recession Durcharbeitung -- Introduction: the nature of the firm and its governance -- Part I: instituting the firm -- 1. Corporate law and the legal environment of the firm -- 2. Managerialism, the problem of principal-agent relations, and free market advocacy -- Part II: rethinking the firm -- 3. The agency theory model of the firm and its implications -- 4. Investor capitalism and the nexus of contract view of the firm: assessing the consequences -- Postscript: neoclassical economic theory and ideology.
    Abstract: The shift from managerial capitalism to investor capitalism, dominated by the finance industry and finance capital accumulation, is jointly caused by a variety of institutional, legal, political, and ideological changes, beginning with the 1970s' downturn of the global economy. This book traces how the incorporation of businesses within the realm of the state leads to both certain benefits, characteristic of competitive capitalism, and to the emergence of new corporate governance problems. Contrasting economic, legal, and managerial views of corporate governance practices in contemporary capitalism, the author examines how corporate governance has been understood and advocated differently during the New Deal era, the post-World War II economic boom, and after 1980 in the era of free market advocacy. Covering the theory of the firm from the New Deal era until the post-2008 financial crisis, the book connects contemporary theories with their original legal roots, demonstrating inconsistencies in contemporary understanding. It also points at the differences between legal theory and neoclassical economic theory regarding the theory of the firm. The book examines how the entrenchment of shareholder welfare governance turns a blind eye to legal theory and corporate law, leading to theoretical inconsistencies and practical concerns, and criticises the agency theory argument in favour of unrestricted shareholder welfare governance. A comprehensive review of the literature on corporate governance, both in legal theory and in economics and management studies, is included. This enlightening and informative book is essential reading for corporate governance scholars, management studies researchers, legal theorists, and business historians
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716042
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Shepherd, Dean A., 1967 - Decision making in entrepreneurship
    DDC: 658.4/03
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Entscheidung ; Conjoint-Analyse ; Entrepreneurship Decision making ; Electronic books
    Abstract: In this volume, Dean Shepherd focuses on the varying topics of entrepreneurship unified through conjoint analysis. Although the topic of entrepreneurial decision making is broad, in doing so, he reveals the mechanisms that come into play during the entrepreneurial decision-making process. Scholars of entrepreneurship and organizational behavior will find this collection an essential resource for understanding how decision making is achieved in entrepreneurial settings
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365423
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als McQuarrie, Edward F. Visual branding
    DDC: 658.8/27
    Keywords: Markenführung ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: historical perspectives on brand advertising -- 2. Overview: visual branding in historical perspective -- Part II: brand marks -- 3. A typology of brand marks -- 4. How and why brand marks vary across product categories -- 5. Rhetorical evolution of brand marks -- Part III: visual elements -- 6. Typeface in visual branding -- 7. Spokes-characters -- 8. Color -- 9. Using pictures to brand -- Epilogue: conceptual puzzles.
    Abstract: Visual Branding pulls together analyses of logos, typeface, color, and spokes-characters to give a comprehensive account of the visual devices used in branding and advertising. The book places each avenue for visual branding within a rhetorical framework that explains what that device can accomplish for the brand. It lays out the available possibilities for constructing logos and distinguishes basic types along with examples of their use and evolution over time. Authors Edward McQuarrie and Barbara Phillips place visual branding within its historical context, covering the 120-year period since brand advertising first took modern form in the United States. Using copious real-life examples to illustrate how branding has evolved with the introduction of new technologies and opportunities, the book also critiques purely psychological perspectives on branding and explains how historical and rhetorical analyses can contribute new insights. This exploration of rhetoric as an alternative to economic and psychological perspectives in marketing, advertising, and consumer scholarship will be essential reading for students and scholars in graduate programs in marketing, advertising, and consumer psychology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368325
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (944 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar mini series
    Keywords: Industrial policy ; Business and politics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): E. E. Schattschneider (1948), 'Pressure Groups Versus Political Parties', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 259, September, 17-23 -- Theodore J. Lowi (1964), 'American Business, Public Policy, Case-Studies, and Political Theory', World Politics, 16 (4), July, 677-93, 695, 697, 699, 701, 703, 705, 707, 709, 711, 713, 715 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Charles E. Lindblom (1977), 'The Priviledged Position of Business', in Politics and Markets: The World's Political-Economic Systems, Chapter 13, New York, NY, USA: Basic Books, 170-88 -- David Vogel (1978), 'Why Businessmen Distrust Their State: The Political Consciouness of American Corporate Executives', British Journal of Political Science, 8 (1), January, 45-78 -- Gary S. Becker (1985), 'Public Policies, Pressure Groups, and Dead Weight Costs', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (3), December, 329-47 -- Robert H. Salisbury (1984), 'Interest Representation: The Dominance of Institutions, ' American Political Science Review,78 (1), March, 64-76 -- Philippe C. Schmitter (1974), 'Still the Century of Corporatism?', Review of Politics, 36 (1), January, 85-131 -- Hugh Heclo (1978), 'Issue Networks and the Executive Establishment', in Anthony King (ed.) The New American Political System, Chapter 3, Washington, DC, USA: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 87-124 -- Mancur Olson (1971) [1965]), 'A Taxonomy of Groups' and 'Group Size and Group Behavior', in The Logic of Collective Action: Public Goods and the Theory of Groups, Chapter 1, Section F and Chapter 2, Cambridge, Massachusetts and London,UK: Harvard University Press, 43-52, 53-65 -- Terry M. Moe (1981), 'Toward a Broader View of Interest Groups', Journal of Politics, 43 (2), May, 531-43 -- David M. Hart (2004), '"Business" Is Not an Interest Group: On the Study of Companies in American National Politics', Annual Review of Political Science, 7, 47-69 -- Wendy L. Hansen, Neil J. Mitchell and Jeffrey M. Drope (2004), 'Collective Action, Pluralism, and the Legitimacy Tariff: Corporate Activity or Inactivity in Politics', Political Research Quarterly, 57 (3), September, 421-9 -- Kevin B. Grier, Michael C. Munger and Brian E. Roberts (1994), 'The Determinants of Industry Political Activity, 1978-1986', American Political Science Review, 88 (4), December, 911-26 -- Wendy L. Hansen and Neil J. Mitchell (2000), 'Disaggregating and Explaining Corporate Political Activity: Domestic and Foreign Corporations in National Politics', American Political Science Review, 94 (4), December, 891-903 -- Holly Brasher and David Lowery (2006), 'The Corporate Context of Lobbying Activity', Business and Politics, 8 (1), i, 1-2 -- Graham K. Wilson (1990), 'Corporate Political Strategies', British Journal of Political Science, 20 (2), April, 281-8 -- David B. Yoffie and Sigrid Bergenstein (1985), 'Creating Political Advantage: The Rise of the Corporate Political Entrepreneur', California Management Review, XXVIII (1), Fall, 124-39 -- Wyn Grant (1984), 'Large Firms and Public Policy in Britain', Journal of Public Policy, 4 (1), February, 1-17.
    Abstract: Kathleen A. Getz (2001), 'Public Affairs and Political Strategy: Theoretical Foundations', Journal of Public Affairs: Special Issue Papers, 1 (4), December, 305-29 394 -- David Austen-Smith and John R. Wright (1996), 'Theory and Evidence for Counteractive Lobbying', American Journal of Political Science, 40 (2), May, 543-64 -- Marie Hojnacki and David C. Kimball (1998), 'Organized Interests and the Decision of Whom to Lobby in Congress', American Political Science Review, 92 (4), December, 775-90 -- John M. De Figueiredo (2002), 'Lobbying and Information in Politics', Business and Politics, 4 (2), 125-29 -- Andreas Broscheid and David Coen (2003), 'Insider and Outsider Lobbying of the European Commission: An Informational Model of Forum Politics', European Union Politics, 4 (2), June, 165-89 -- Richard L. Hall and Alan V. Deardorff (2006), 'Lobbying as Legislative Subsidy', American Political Science Review, 100 (1), February, 69-84 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'Politicians, Interest Groups, and Regulators: A Multiple-Principals Agency Theory of Regulation, or "Let Them be Bribed"', Journal of Law and Economics, 33 (1), April, 65-101 -- Michael Moran (2000), 'The Frank Stacey Memorial Lecture: From Command State to Regulatory State?', Public Policy and Administration, 15 (4), Winter, 1-13 -- David Coen (1998), 'The European Business Interest and The Nation State: Large-firm Lobbying in the European Union and Member States', Journal of Public Policy, 18 (1), January-April, 75-100 -- Jason Webb Yackee and Susan Webb Yackee (2006), 'A Bias Towards Business? Assessing Interest Group Influence on the U.S Bureaucracy', Journal of Politics, 68 (1), February, 128-39 -- Peter A. Hall and Daniel W. Gingerich (2009), 'Varieties of Capitalism and Institutional Complementarities in the Political Economy: An Empirical Analysis', British Journal of Political Science, 39 (3), July, 449-82 -- Beth L. Leech, Frank R. Baumgartner, Timothy M. La Pira and Nicholas A. Semanko (2005), 'Drawing Lobbyists to Washington: Government Activity and the Demand for Advocacy', Political Research Quarterly, 58 (1), March, 19-30 -- David Coen (1997), 'The Evolution of the Large Firm as a Political Actor in the European Union', Journal of European Public Policy, 4 (1), March, 91-108 -- Wyn Grant, Alberto Martinelli and William Paterson (1989), 'Large Firms as Political Actors: A Comparative Analysis of the Chemical Industry in Britain, Italy and West Germany', West European Politics, 12 (2), 72-90 -- Jean C. Oi (1992), 'Fiscal Reform and the Economic Foundations of Local State Corporatism in China', World Politics, 45 (1), October, 99-126 -- Kent E. Calder (1989), 'Elites in an Equalizing Role: Ex- Bureaucrats as Coordinators and Intermediaries in the Japanese Government-Business Relationship', Comparative Politics, 21 (4), July, 379-403 -- William A. Brock and Stephen P. Magee (1978) 'Decentralization, Bureaucracy, and Government: The Economics of Special Interest Politics: The Case of the Tariff', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings of the Ninetieth Annual Meeting of the American Economic Association, 68 (2), May, 246-50 -- Helen Milner (1987), 'Resisting the Protectionist Temptation: Industry and the Making of Trade Policy in France and the United States during the 1970s', International Organization, 41 (4), Autumn, 639-65.
    Abstract: Gene M. Grossman and Elhanan Helpman (1994), 'Protection for Sale', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 833-50 -- A. Claire Cutler (1997), 'Artiface, Ideology and Paradox: The Public/Private Distinction in International Law', Review of International Political Economy, 4 (2), Summer, 261-85 -- John Gerard Ruggie (2004), 'Reconstituting the Global Public Domain - Issues, Actors, and Practices', European Journal of International Relations, 10 (4), 499-531 -- David Vogel (2008), 'Private Global Business Regulation', Annual Review of Political Science, 11, 261-82 -- Aseem Prakash and Matthew Potoski (2014), 'Global Private Regimes, Domestic Public Law: ISO 14001 and Pollution Reduction', Comparative Political Studies, 47 (3), 369-94.
    Abstract: This comprehensive research review identifies the key articles on relations between business and government from a variety of perspectives and disciplines. The editors have selected works that explore the themes of business and the state, organizing the firm for political action, managing government affairs, lobbying models, business governance and regulation, comparative business and political systems and internationaliastion and transanational business regulation. This research review is an essential resource for scholars, students and policymakers interested in political science, business studies and economics
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711542
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hsu, Sara Economic reform in Asia
    DDC: 338.95
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsreform ; Entwicklung ; Vergleich ; China ; Indien ; Japan ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Japan ; China ; Indien ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Vergleich
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to development in China, India and Japan -- 2. Development theory -- 3. An Asian leader : Japan's development trajectory -- 4. The waking giant : China's development trajectory -- 5. Gradual growth : India's development trajectory -- 6. Poverty and inequality in China, India and Japan -- 7. urbanization and migration -- 8. Demographics, education, health and labor -- 9. The impact of development on the environment -- 10. Trade in China, India and Japan -- 11. Economic future of China, India and Japan.
    Abstract: Economic Reform in Asia c ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782547990
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Elgar companion to Ronald H. Coase
    DDC: 330.92
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Coase, R. H. ; Coase, R. H Criticism and interpretation ; Coase, R. H. (Ronald Harry) ; Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Großbritannien ; USA ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Coase, R. H. 1910-2013 ; Coase-Theorem
    Abstract: pt. I: Coase in context -- pt. II: Foundations : key concepts -- pt. III: Firm and organization theory -- pt. IV: Market : structure and regulation -- pt. V: Law and property rights.
    Abstract: Ronald H. Coase, one of the most innovative and provocative economists of the twentieth century, has had a lasting influence in economics, law and economics, organization theory, management and political science. In this comprehensive Companion, 31 leading economists, social scientists and legal scholars, including two Nobel Laureates, offer the first global assessment of the initial impact of Coase's work and the continuing inspiration that researchers and policy makers find in his contributions. The book presents a review of the continuing power of Coase's work, including the reshaping of public policies with particular respect to public utilities and network industries. Further chapters explore research programmes that he initiated including the concept of transaction costs and the analysis of property rights, especially in terms of the regulation of the communications industry and the creation of markets for the right to pollute. The book clearly demonstrates the originality of Coase's work and the challenge that it posed to conventional perspectives which has been a hallmark of his research throughout his life, from his initial view on the nature of the firm to his recent analysis of the development of capitalism in China. Less well-known features of Coase's research going beyond his famous papers on 'The Nature of the Firm' and 'The Problem of Social Cost' are also explored in detail. From economics to public policy, this complete and thorough assessment of Coase's vast contribution will be an invaluable reference to all those interested in the many areas influenced by this great economist
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9781784717896
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: NECTAR series on transportation and communications networks research
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Transportation ; Municipal services ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Introduction -- pt. II: Equity issues in population accessibility -- pt. III: Equity in access to daily activities and services -- pt. IV: Efficiency of railroads and train station access -- pt. V: Accessibility evaluation and appraisal.
    Abstract: Leading researchers from ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northhampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719043
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Financial institutions ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Tabb, L. (2012), 'Written Testimony to the United States Senate Committee on Banking, Housing and Urban Affairs by Larry Tabb, CEO, TABB Group', 30 September, http://www.banking.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=Hearings.Testimony&Hearing_ID=f8a5cef9-291d-4dd3-ad3-10b55c86d23e&Witness_ID=f52000faa2-1cfe-48a5-b373-60bde009d3a3, accessed 20 January 2013. -- Kirilenko, A.A., Kyle, A.S., Samadi, M. and Tuzun, T. (2011), 'The Flash Crash: The Impact of High Frequency Trading on an Electronic Market', http://papers.ssrn.comn/so13/papers.cfm?abstract_id=1686004, accessed 5 April 2013. -- Vigna, P. and Lauricella, T. (2012), 'Sawtooth Trading Hits Coke, IBM, McDonald's, and Apple Shares', Wall Street Journal, 19 July, http://blogs.wsj.com/marketbeat/2012/07/19/sawtooth-trading-hits-coke-ibm-mcdonalds-and-apple-shares/, accessed 25 July 2012. -- Khandani, A.E. and Lo, A.W. (2007), 'What Happened to the Quants in August 2007?', Journal of Investment Management, 5 (4), 5-54. -- Lehmann, B.N. (1990), 'Fads, Martingales, and Market Efficiency', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 105 (1), 1-28. -- Lo, A. and MacKinlay, C. (1990), 'When Are Contrarian Profits Due to Stock Market Over-reaction?', Review of Financial Studies, 3 (2), 175-205. -- Goldman Sachs Asset Management (2007), 'The Quant Liquidity Crunch', Goldman Sachs Global Quantitative Equity Group, August. Proprietary document for Goldman Sachs clients; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007a), 'Turbulent Times in Quant Land', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, 9 August, Lehman Brothers Equity Research, http://dealbreaker.com/_old/images/pdrf/quant.pdf, accessed 19 August 2007. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007b), 'View from QuantLand: Where Do We Go Now?', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Rothman, M.S. (2007c), 'Rebalance of Large Cap Quant Portfolio', US Equity Quantitative Strategies, Lehman Brothers Research. Proprietary document for Lehman clients only; not available to the general public. -- Edgeworth, F.Y. (1888), 'The Mathematical Theory of Banking', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, LI, 113-27. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Haubrich, J.G. and King, R.G. (1984), 'Banking and Insurance', Working Paper 1312, National Bureau of Economic Research. -- Orr, D. and Mellon, W.G. (1961), 'Stochastic Reserve Losses and Expansion of Bank Credit', American Economic Review, LI (4), 614-23. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Friedman, M. (1969), 'The Optimal Quantity of Money', in M. Friedman, The Optimal Quantity of Money and Other Essays, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Co., 1-50. -- Keister, T. and McAndrews, J.J. (2009), 'Why Are Banks Holding So Many Excess Reserves?', Current Issues in Economics and Finance, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, 15 (8), 1-11. -- Iley, Richard A. and Lewis, M.K. (2013), Global Finance After the Crisis: The United States, China and the New World Order, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar. -- Bank for International Settlements (2010), 'The Future of the Financial Sector', BIS80th Annual Report, Basel, Switzerland: Bank for International Settlements, 74-88. -- Gurley, J.G. and Shaw, E.S. (1960), Money in the Theory of Finance, Washington, DC: The Brookings Institution, 1995. -- Keynes, J.M. (1936), General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, London: Macmillan.
    Abstract: Leland, H.E. and Pyle, D.H. (1977), 'Information Asymmetries, Financial Structure and Financial Intermediation', Journal of Finance, 32, 371-87. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Diamond, D. (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51(166), 393-414. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Fama, E.F. (1985), 'What's Different About Banks?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 15, 23-39. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Arrow, K.J. (1964), 'The Role of Securities in the Optimal Allocation of Risk-Bearing', Review of Economic Studies, 31, 91-6. -- Arrow, K.J. (1974), 'Insurance, Risk and Resource Allocation', in Arrow, K.J. , Essays in the Theory of Risk-Bearing, Amsterdam: North Holland, 134-43. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Swary, I. and Udell, G.F. (1985), 'The Role of Collateral in Commercial Lending', Working Paper No. 359, Salomon Brothers Center for the Study of Financial Institutions, New York University. -- Dowd, K. (1992a), 'Models of Banking Instability: A Partial Review of the Literature', Journal of Economic Surveys, 6 (2), 107-32. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Dowd, K. (1996), Competition and Finance. A Reinterpretation of Financial and Monetary Economics, London: Macmillan. -- Modigliani, F. and Miller, M.H. (1958), 'The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of Investment', American Economic Review, 48, 261-97. -- Flannery, M.J. (1985), 'A Portfolio View of Loan Selection and Pricing', in Aspinwall, R. and Eisenbeis, R. (eds), Handbook for Banking Strategy, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley, 457-72. -- Bernanke, B. and Gertler, M. (1986), 'Banking and General Equilibrium', Discussion Paper No. 108, Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University. -- Dowd, K. (1992b), 'Optimal Financial Contracts', Oxford Economic Papers, 44, October, 672-93. -- Benink, H.A. and Llewellyn, D.T. (1994), 'Deregulation and Financial Fragility: A Case Study of the UK and Scandinavia', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R.J. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 443-63. -- Lewis, M.K. (1994), 'Banking on Real Estate', in Fair, D.E. and Raymond, R. (eds), The Competitiveness of Financial Institutions and Centres in Europe, on behalf of the Société Universitaire Européenne de Recherches Financiéres, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Press, 47-71. -- Lewis, M.K. (2000), 'The Next Property Cycle: A Survival Kit for Banks', in Green, B. (ed.), Risk Behaviour and Risk Management in Business Life, Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 98-110. -- Bentick, B.L. and Lewis, M.K. (2004), 'Real Estate Speculation as a Source of Banking and Currency Instability: Some Different Lessons from the Asian Crisis', The Economics and Labour Relations Review, 14 (2), 256-75. -- Lewis, M.K. (2009), 'The Origins of the Sub-prime Crisis: Inappropriate Policies, Regulations, or Both?', Accounting Forum, 33 (2), 114-26. -- Calomiris, C.W. and Kahn, C. (1989), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', mimeo, Northwestern University. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), 401-19. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995.
    Abstract: Jacklin, C.H. (1987), 'Demand Deposits, Trading Restrictions, and Risk Sharing', in Prescott, E.C. and Wallace, N. (eds), Contractual Arrangements for Inter-temporal Trade, Minnesota Studies in Macroeconomics, vol. 1, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 26-47. -- Wallace, N. (1988), 'Another Attempt to Explain an Illiquid Banking System: The Diamond and Dybvig Model with Sequential Service Taken Seriously', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review, Fall, 3-16. -- Diamond, D. and Dybvig, P. (1986), 'Banking Theory, Deposit Insurance, and Bank Regulation', Journal of Business, 59 (1), 55-68. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- White, L.J. (1989), 'The Reform of Federal Deposit Insurance', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (4), 11-29. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Litan, R. (2011), The World in Crisis: Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees From Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press. -- Gorton, G. and Merrick, A. (2012), 'Securitized Banking and the Run on Repo', Journal of Financial Economics, 104 (3), 425-51. -- King, M. (2010), Banking: From Bagehot to Basel, and Back Again, New York: Buttonwood Gathering, 25 October. -- Ashcraft, A. and Schuermann, T. (2008), 'Understanding the Securitization of Subprime Mortgage Credit', Foundations and Trends in Finance, 2 (3), 191-309. -- Kacperczyk, M. and Schnabl, P. (2010), 'When Safe Proved Risky: Commercial Paper during the Financial Crisis of 2007-2009', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 24 (1), 29-50. -- Pozsar, A., Adrian, T., Ashcraft, A. and Boesky, H. (2010, revised 2012), 'Shadow Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Staff Reports, no. 458. -- Mollenkamp, C. and Ng, S. (2007), 'How Wall Street Wizards Conjured Up Sub-prime's Hurricane Norma', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 28 December, 23. -- Financial Stability Board (2013), 'Policy Framework for Strengthening Oversight and Regulation of Shadow Banking Entities', Consultative Document, Financial Stability Board, Basel, http://www.financialstabilityboard.org/publications/r_130929c.htm, accessed 20 January 2014. -- Gorton, G. (2009), 'The Subprime Panic', European Financial Management, 15 (1), 10-46. -- Nyberg, L., Persson, M. and Johansson, M.W. (2008), 'The Financial Market Turmoil: Causes and Consequences', SverigesRiksbank EconomicReview, 1, 38-48. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (2008), 'Lessons from the Crisis for Financial Regulation: What We Need and What We Do Not Need', Review, 78, Financial Markets Group Research Centre, 3-4. -- Calomiris, C.W., Eisenbeis, R.A. and Litan, R.E. (2011), 'US Financial Crisis in the US and Beyond', in Litan, R. (ed.), The World in Crisis:Insights from Six Shadow Financial Regulatory Committees from Around the World, Philadelphia, PA: FIC Press, 32-90. -- Bord, V.M. and Santos, J.A.C. (2012), 'The Rise of the Originate-to-Distribute Model and the Role of Banks in Financial Intermediation', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 21-34. -- Cetorelli, N. and Peristiani, S. (2012), 'The Role of Banks in Asset Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 47-63. -- Mandel, B.H., Morgan, D. and Wei, C. (2012), 'The Role of Bank Credit Enhancements in Securitization', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 35-46.
    Abstract: Uren, D. (2014), 'Regulators Put Shadow Banking in the Spotlight', The Australian, 17 November, 19. -- Paletta, D. (2010), 'Volcker Shoots from the Hip', Wall Street Journal, 25-6 June, 31. -- Poole, W. (2010), 'Principles for Reform', Finance and Development, 47 (2), 28-9. -- Brennan, S., Haldane, A. and Madouros, V. (2010), 'The Contribution of the Financial Sector: Miracle or Mirage?', in The Future of Finance: The LSE Report, London School of Economics, http://www.bankofengland.co.uk/publications/speeches/2010/speech442.pdf, accessed 17November 2010. -- Zamil, S. Raihan (2009), 'Too Big to Ignore', Finance and Development, 46 (4), 41-4. -- Friedman, M. (1960), A Program for Monetary Stability, New York: Fordham University Press. -- Hart, A.G. (1935), 'The Chicago Plan of Banking Reform', Review of Economic Studies, 2, 104-16. -- Davis, B. (2010), 'Volcker Plan Gains Support as Rules are Rewritten', Wall Street Journal in The Australian, 3 May, 35. -- The Economist (2010), 'Easy-Money Riders', The Economist, 17 July, 70. -- Kotlikoff, E.J. (2010), Jimmy Stewart is Dead: Ending the World's Ongoing Financial Plague with Limited Purpose Banking, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons. -- Goodhart, C.A.E. (1995), The Central Bank and the Financial System, London: Macmillan. -- Bradley, C., Burhouse, S., Gratton, H. and Miller, R.A. (2009), 'Federal Reserve Board Academic Consultants Meeting on Non-traditional Financial Services, 16 April 2008, FDIC Quarterly, 3 (1), http://fdic.gov/bank/analytical/quarter/;2009_vol3_1/AltFinServicesprimer.html, accessed 30 July 2012. -- Benston, G.J. (1965), 'Branch Banking and Economies of Scale', National Banking Review, 2, 507-49. -- Benston, G.J. (1968), 'Are Larger Banks More Efficient?', The Banker, 118, 605, 607, 609, 611. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Humphrey, D. (1987), 'Cost Dispersion and the Measurement of Economies in Banking', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 73 (May/June), 24-38. -- Humphrey, D.B. (1990), 'Why Do Estimates of Bank Scale Economies Differ?', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review, 76 (5), 38-50. Reprinted in Lewis, M.K. (ed.), Financial Intermediaries. The International Library of Critical Writings in Economics, 43, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar, 1995. -- Avraham, D., Selvaggi, P. and Vickery, J. (2012), 'A Structural View of US Bank Holding Companies', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 65-81. -- Copeland, A. (2012), 'Evolution and Heterogeneity among Larger Bank Holding Companies: 1994 to 2010', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 18 (2), 83-93. -- Ross, S. (1973), 'The Economic Theory of Agency: The Principal's Problem', American Economic Review, 63 (2), 134-9.
    Abstract: Mirrlees, J. (1974), 'Notes on Welfare Economies, Information, and Uncertainty', in , M.S. , McFadden, D.L. and Wu, S.Y. (eds), Contributions to Economic Analysis, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 243-58. -- Mirrlees, J. (1976), 'The Optimal Structure of Incentives and Authority within an Organisation', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), 105-31. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1974), 'Risk Sharing and Incentives in Sharecropping', Review of Economic Studies, 61, 219-55. -- Stiglitz, J.E. (1975), 'Incentives, Risk and Information: Notes towards a Theory of Hierarchy', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (2), 552-79. -- Campbell, D.E. (1995), Incentives, Motivation and the Economics of Information, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Markowitz, H.M. (1959), Portfolio Selection: Efficient Diversification of Investments, Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley. -- Harrod, R.F. (1969), Money, London: Macmillan, St Martin's Press. -- McCulley, P.A. (2007), 'Teton Reflections', Global Central Bank Focus Series, PIMCO, August/September, https://www.pimco.com/insights/economic-and-market-commentary/global-central-bank-focus/teton-reflections, accessed 20 January 2014.
    Abstract: This volume brings together some of the most important articles on the topic of financial intermediaries. Financial Intermediaries puts recent developments into an appropriate historical setting, with seminal works by Edgeworth, Arrow, Gurley, Shaw, Baumol, Tobin and Stigler combined with more recent ones by Fischer, Black, Weiss and Stiglitz
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785367779
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Transport economics, management and policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: National security Economic aspects ; Transportation Security measures ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Introduction -- 2. The scale and nature of the terrorist problem -- 3. Some basic economics of transportation security -- 4. Links between market structure and security -- 5. The economic instruments of security policy -- 6. Security and air transportation -- 7. The economics of shopping mall security -- 8. Maritime security -- 9. Some conclusions.
    Abstract: In this clear and observant book, Kenneth Button provides an overview of the economics and political economy of transport security, considering its policy from an economic perspective. His analysis applies micro-economic theory to transport issues, supporting and enhancing the larger framework of our knowledge about personal, industrial, and national security. Button's focus on the economic aspects of transportation security strives to move beyond established technical and legal approaches, working within both the narrower microeconomics of individual and corporate efficiency and the larger trends in economic policy-making. By fitting current security trends into economic analysis, he discusses not only contemporary developments, but also their economic implications and approaches for assessing alternative strategies. This examination of applied economics is a must-read for those looking to gain a broader view of transport security issues. It is a critical resource for those in the security industries as well as those involved in education about transport, security matters, and applied microeconomics
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9780857939852
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (608 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of the internet
    DDC: 338/.064
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internet ; Electronic Commerce ; Online-Handel ; Internet Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internetökonomie
    Abstract: Preface -- Introduction: The economics of the internet: an overview / Johannes M. Bauer and Michael Latzer -- Part II Theoretical foundations -- 1. The industrial organization of the internet / Günter Knieps and Johannes M. Bauer -- 2. The internet as a complex layered system / Stephen J. Schultze and Richard S. Whitt -- 3. A network science approach to the internet / Volker Schneider and Johannes M. Bauer -- 4. Peer production and cooperation / Yochai Benkler -- 5. The internet and productivity / Carol Corrado and Bart Van Ark -- 6. Cultural economics and the internet / Christian Handke, Paul Stepan and Ruth Towse -- 7. A political economy approach to the internet / Patricia Mazepa and Vincent Mosco -- Part II Institutional arrangements and internet architecture -- 8. Competition and antitrust in internet markets / Justus Haucap and Torben Stühmeier -- 9. The economics of internet standards / Stanley M. Besen and George Sadowsky -- 10. The economics of copyright and the internet / Sacha Wunsch-Vincent -- 11. The economics of privacy, data protection and surveillance / Ian Brown -- 12. Economics of cybersecurity / Michel Van Eeten, Hadi Asghari and Johannes M. Bauer -- 13. Internet architecture and innovation in applications / Barbara Van Schewick -- 14. Organizational innovations, ICTs and knowledge governance: the case of platforms / Cristiano Antonelli and Pier Paolo Patrucco -- 15. Interconnection in the internet: peering, interoperability and content delivery / David D. Clark, William H. Lehr and Steven Bauer -- Part III Economics and management of applications and services -- 16. Internet business strategies / Johann J. Kranz and Arnold Picot -- 17. The economics of internet search / Hal R. Varian -- 18. The economics of algorithmic selection on the internet / Michael Latzer, Katharina Hollnbuchner, Natascha Just and Florian Saurwein -- 19. Online advertising economics / Wenjuan Ma and Steven S. Wildman -- 20. Online news / Lucy Küng, Nic Newman and Robert Picard -- 21. The economics of online video entertainment / Ryland Sherman and David Waterman -- 22. Business strategies and revenue models for converged video services / Yu-Li Liu -- 23. The economics of virtual worlds / Isaac Knowles and Edward Castronova -- 24. Economics of big data / Claudio Feijóo, José-Luis Gómez-Barroso and Shivom Aggarwal -- Part IV Trajectories -- 25. The evolution of the internet: a socioeconomic account / D. Linda Garcia -- 26. From the internet of science to the internet of entertainment / Eli M. Noam.
    Abstract: The Internet is connecting an increasing number of individuals, organizations, and devices into global networks of information flows. It is accelerating the dynamics of innovation in the digital economy, affecting the nature and intensity of competition, and enabling private companies, governments, and the non-profit sector to develop new business models. In this new ecosystem many of the theoretical assumptions and historical observations upon which economics rests are altered and need critical reassessment. This Handbook brings together twenty-seven original chapters that discuss theoretical and applied frameworks for the study of the economics of the Internet, encompassing: its unique economics as a global information and communications infrastructure; the effects of the Internet on economic transactions, including social production, advertising, innovation, and intellectual property rights; the economics and management of Internet-based industries, such as search, news, entertainment, culture, and virtual worlds; the effects of the Internet on the economy at large Interdisciplinary in its approach, the Handbook synthesizes the state of knowledge and offers new perspectives for researchers, practitioners, and students
    Note: Contributors include: S. Aggarwal, C. Antonelli, H. Asghari, J.M. Bauer, S. Bauer, Y. Benkler, S.M. Besen, I. Brown, E. Castronova, D.D. Clark, C. Corrado, C. Feijóo, D.L. Garcia, J.-L. Gómez-Barroso, C. Handke, J. Haucap, K. Hollnbuchner, N. Just, G. Knieps, I. Knowles, J.J. Kranz, L. Küng, M. Latzer, W.H. Lehr, Y.-L. Liu, W. Ma, P. Mazepa, V. Mosco, N. Newman, E.M. Noam, P.P. Patrucco, R. Picard, A. Picot, G. Sadowsky, F. Saurwein, V. Schneider, S.J. Schultze, R. Sherman, P. Stepan, T. Stühmeier, R. Towse, B. van Ark, M. van Eeten, B. van Schewick, H.R. Varian, D. Waterman, R.S. Whitt, S.S. Wildman, S. Wunsch-Vincent , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784718640
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 319
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Economic behaviour and taxation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Steuertheorie ; Steuerpolitik ; Optimale Besteuerung ; Steuerreform ; Strategisches Management ; Economics Psychological aspects ; Taxation ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftslenkung ; Steuerrecht
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Richard Blundell, Alan Duncan and Costas Meghir (1998), 'Estimating Labor Supply Responses using Tax Reforms', Econometrica, 66 (4), July, 827-61 -- Sören Blomquist and Whitney Newey (2002), 'Nonparametric Estimation with Nonlinear Budget Sets', Econometrica, 70 (6), November, 2455-80 -- Anil Kumar (2008), 'Labor Supply, Deadweight Loss and Tax Reform -- Austan Goolsbee (2000), 'What Happens When You Tax the Rich? Evidence from Executive Compensation', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (2), April, 352-78 -- Emmanuel Saez (2010), 'Do Taxpayers Bunch at Kink Points?', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 2 (3), August, 180-212 -- Wojciech Kopczuk (2005), 'Tax Bases, Tax Rates and the Elasticity of Reported Income', Journal of Public Economics, 89 (11-12), December, 2093-119 -- Raj Chetty, John N. Friedman and Emmanuel Saez (2013), 'Using Differences in Knowledge Across Neighborhoods to Uncover the Impacts of the EITC on Earnings', American Economic Review, 103 (7), December, 2683-721 -- Jeffrey Grogger (2003), 'The Effects of Time Limits, the EITC, and Other Policy Changes on Welfare Use, Work, and Income among Female-Headed Families', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 394-408 -- Bruce D. Meyer and Dan T. Rosenbaum (2001), 'Welfare, the Earned Income Tax Credit, and the Labor Supply of Single Mothers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (3), August, 1063-114 -- Henrik Jacobsen Kleven, Camille Landais and Emmanuel Saez (2013), 'Taxation and International Migration of Superstars: Evidence from the European Football Market', American Economic Review, 103 (5), August, 1892-924 -- Charles L. Ballard and Jaimin Lee (2007), 'Internet Purchases, Cross-Border Shopping, and Sales Taxes', National Tax Journal, LX (4), December, 711-25 -- Austan Goolsbee (2000), 'In a World without Borders: The Impact of Taxes on Internet Commerce', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 115 (2), May, 561-76 -- Zoran Ivković, James Poterba and Scott Weisbenner (2005), 'Tax-Motivated Trading by Individual Investors', American Economic Review, 95 (5), December, 1605-630 -- Julie Berry Cullen and Roger H. Gordon (2007), 'Taxes and Entrepreneurial Risk-Taking: Theory and Evidence for the U.S.', Journal of Public Economics, 91 (7-8), August, 1479-505 -- Åsa Hansson (2012), 'Tax Policy and Entrepreneurship: Empirical Evidence from Sweden', Small Business Economics, 38 (4), May, 495-513 -- Esther Duflo, William Gale, Jeffrey Liebman, Peter Orszag and Emmanuel Saez (2006), 'Saving Incentives for Low- and Middle- Income Families: Evidence from a Field Experiment with H&R Block', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 121 (4), November, 1311-46 -- Alexander M. Gelber (2011), 'How Do 401(k)s Affect Saving? Evidence from Changes in 401(k) Eligibility', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 3 (4), November, 103-22 -- James Alm and Asmaa El-Ganainy (2013), 'Value-Added Taxation and Consumption', International Tax and Public Finance, 20 (1), February, 105-28 -- David Joulfaian (2000), 'Estate Taxes and Charitable Bequests by the Wealthy', National Tax Journal, LIII (3, Part 2), September, 743-63.
    Abstract: Wojciech Kopczuk and Joel Slemrod (2003), 'Dying to Save Taxes: Evidence from Estate-Tax Returns on the Death Elasticity', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 256-65 -- B. Douglas Bernheim, Robert J. Lemke and John Karl Scholz (2004), 'Do Estate and Gift Taxes Affect the Timing of Private Transfers?', Journal of Public Economics, 88 (12), December, 2617-34 -- James Alm and Leslie A. Whittington (1997), 'Income Taxes and the Timing of Marital Decisions', Journal of Public Economics, 64 (2), May, 219-40 -- Jeff Grogger and Stephen G. Bronars (2001), 'The Effect of Welfare Payments on the Marriage and Fertility Behavior of Unwed Mothers: Results from a Twins Experiment', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (3), June, 529-45 -- Reagan Baughman and Stacy Dickert-Conlin (2009), 'The Earned Income Tax Credit and Fertility', Journal of Population Economics, 22 (3), July, 537-63 -- James Alm, Betty R. Jackson and Michael McKee (2009), 'Getting the Word Out: Enforcement Information Dissemination and Compliance Behavior', Journal of Public Economics, 93 (3-4), April, 392-402 -- Henrik Jacobsen Kleven, Martin B. Knudsen, Claus Thustrup Kreiner, Søren Pedersen and Emmanuel Saez (2011), 'Unwilling or Unable to Cheat? Evidence from a Tax Audit Experiment in Denmark', Econometrica, 79 (3), May, 651-92 -- Yuriy Gorodnichenko, Jorge Martinez-Vazquez and Klara Sabirianova Peter (2009), 'Myth and Reality of Flat Tax Reform: Micro Estimates of Tax Evasion Response and Welfare Effects in Russia', Journal of Political Economy, 117 (3), June, 504-54 -- Dean Karlan and John A. List (2007), 'Does Price Matter in Charitable Giving? Evidence from a Large-Scale Natural Field Experiment', American Economic Review, 97 (5), December, 1774-93 -- Arthur C. Brooks (2007), 'Income Tax Policy and Charitable Giving', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 599-612 -- Gerald E. Auten, Holger Sieg and Charles T. Clotfelter (2002), 'Charitable Giving, Income, and Taxes: An Analysis of Panel Data', American Economic Review, 92 (1), March, 371-82 -- Raj Chetty, Adam Looney and Kory Kroft (2009), 'Salience and Taxation: Theory and Evidence', American Economic Review, 99 (4), September, 1145-77 -- Amy Finkelstein (2009), 'E-ZTax: Tax Salience and Tax Rates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (3), August, 969-1010 -- Raj Chetty, John N. Friedman, Søren Leth-Petersen, Torben Heien Nielsen and Tore Olsen (2014), 'Active vs. Passive Decisions and Crowd-Out in Retirement Savings Accounts: Evidence from Denmark', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 129 (3), August, 1141-219.
    Abstract: The last several decades have seen major advances in the ways in which public economists investigate behavioural responses to taxation. Recent research has utilized new data sets and has applied new empirical methods, including laboratory experiments and natural and controlled field experiments. The application of behavioural economics has contributed insights from other disciplines, especially psychology. Here James Alm and Sebastian Leguizamon discuss the lessons from all this work. Covering such topics as labour supply, charitable giving, savings, capital gains realisations, mobility, bequests, family structure, reported income and tax evasion, they highlight the current state of knowledge in this area. They present new thinking about the relevant issues and an analysis of useful policy options
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Magnusson, Lars, 1952 - A brief history of political economy
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Marxismus ; Keynesianismus ; Österreichische Schule ; Economists Biography ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Hayek, Friedrich A. von 1899-1992 ; Politische Ökonomie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Prologue -- 1. The tale of Marx -- 2. The tale of Keynes -- 3. The tale of Hayek -- Epilogue: towards a new tale?
    Abstract: This book examines the three historical master tales and questions their validity and relevance in today's moment of global disorientation which lacks a convincing and dominant economic narrative. Investigating the ideological dimension and exploring the continued impact of Marx, Keynes and Hayek, the authors demonstrate how these three economic narratives became entangled over time and under increasing complexity, overlapping and competing with each other. The book reflects on the meaning of the historical legacy of the three narratives and investigates their significance today. All three outlined the prospects for a better and more economically efficient world with increased social justice. Magnusson and Stråth argue that they constitute a legacy on which a new economic tale must be based, a legacy to draw on or confront. A concise and engaging work, this is an ideal resource for students and academics interested in economics, political science, history and global studies. A Brief History of Political Economy presents a powerful economic history of the last 170 years as a basis for economic reconsideration
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    ISBN: 9781785365065
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (672 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 3: Developments in major fields of economics
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Balance of payment and exchange rates / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 2. Behavioural and cognitive economics / Salvatore Di Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 3. Business cycles and growth / Michaël Assous, Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand and Harald Hagemann -- 4. Capital theory / Fabio Petri -- 5. Competition / Neri Salvadori and Rodolfo Signorino -- 6. Corporatism / Sergio Noto -- 7. Development economics / Amitava Krishna Dutt -- 8. Econometrics / Marcel Boumans -- 9. Economic dynamics / J. Barkley Rosser, Jr. -- 10. Economic geography / Jacques-François Thisse -- 11. Economic sociology / Philippe Steiner -- 12. Economics and philosophy / Hartmut Kliemt -- 13. Evolutionary economics / Kurt Dopfer -- 14. Experimental economics / Salvatore Rizzello and Anna Spada -- 15. Financial economics / Perry Mehrling -- 16. Formalisation and mathematical modelling / Paola Tubaro -- 17. Game theory / Robert Leonard -- 18. General equilibrium theory / Alan Kirman -- 19. Growth / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 20. Income distribution / Arrigo Opocher -- 21. Industrial organization / Manuela Mosca -- 22. Input-output analysis / Guido Erreygers -- 23. Institutional economics / Élodie Bertrand -- 24. International trade / Andrea Maneschi -- 25. Labour and employment / Antonella Stirati -- 26. Macroeconomics / Michel De Vroey and Pierre Malgrange -- 27. Methods in the history of economic thought / José Luís Cardoso -- 28. Money and banking / Jérôme De Boyer Des Roches and Sylvie Diatkine -- 29. Open economy macroeconomics / Joern Kleinert -- 30. Political philosophy and economics: freedom and labour / Ragip Ege and Herrade Igersheim -- 31. Population / Claudia Sunna -- 32. Poverty / Katsuyoshi Watarai -- 33. Public economics / Richard Sturn -- 34. Resource and environmental economics / Eui Hosoda -- 35. Social choice / Maurice Salles -- 36. Technical change and innovation / David Haas, Heinz D. Kurz, Nicole Palan, Andreas Rainer, Marlies Schütz and Rita Strohmaier -- 37. Theory of the firm / Élodie Bertrand -- 38. Uncertainty and information / Alberto Baccini -- 39. Utilitarianism and anti-utilitarianism / Antoinette Baujard -- 40. Value and price / Duncan Foley and Simon Mohun -- 41. Welfare economics / Antoinette Baujard.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume III contains entries on the development of major fields in economics from the inception of systematic analysis until modern times. The reader is provided with succinct summary accounts of the main problems, the methods used to address them and the results obtained across time. The emphasis is on both the continuity and the major changes that have occurred in the economic analysis of problematic issues such as economic growth, income distribution, employment, inflation, business cycles and financial instability
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9781785367939
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (392 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lee, Keun, 1960 - Economic catch-up and technological leapfrogging
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftliche Konvergenz ; Technologietransfer ; Wirtschaftslage ; Südkorea ; Small business ; Korea (South) Economic conditions ; Electronic books ; Korea ; Makroökonomie ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- Part I catch-up and leapfrogging at the economy level -- 2. Historical origins and initial conditions for economic catch-up (with H.Y. Lee) -- 3. Korean model of catch-up development: a 'capability-based view' -- 4. Intellectual property rights and technological catch up -- 5. From miracle to crisis and the mirage of the post-crisis reform (with Chung Lee) -- 6. Maintaining macro stability for a crisis-resilient growth in Korea (with H. Kim, H.S. Song and J. Kim) -- 7. Is leapfrogging-style reform possible in North Korea (with B.Y. Kim and I.S. Yee)-- Part II catch-up and leapfrogging at the sector level -- 8. Catch-up and leapfrogging in the 6 sectors in the 1980s and 1990s (with C. Lim) -- 9. Digital technology as a window of opportunity for leapfrogging: display industry (with C. Lim and W. Song) -- 10. Technological catch-up in capital goods sector (with Y. Kim) -- Part III catch-up and internationalization by big businesses and the SMEs -- 11. Samsung, created in Korea and replicated overseas (with X. He) -- 12. Moving factories overseas and impacts on domestic jobs: case of Samsung (with M. Jung) -- 13. Catch-up and path-creating by SMEs: from OEM to OBM (with J. Kwak and J.Y. Song) -- 14. Sequential internationalization of the Korean SMEs in China (with H. Lee and J. Kwak).
    Abstract: This book elaborates upon the dynamic changes to Korean firms and the economy from the perspective of catch-up theory. The central premise of the book is that a latecomer's sustained catch-up is not possible by simply following the path of the forerunners but by creating a new path or 'leapfrogging'. In this sense, the idea of catch-up distinguishes itself from traditional views that focus on the role of the market or the state in development. The author provides a comprehensive account of the micro and macro level changes, deals with both firm- and country-level capabilities, and explores the issue of macroeconomic stability to overcome financial crisis. The book demonstrates that at the firm level the focus is on innovation capabilities, diversification, internationalization and job creation. It goes on to examine the rise and upgrading of big businesses, such as Samsung, as well as the global success of SMEs. Comprehensive and illuminating, this is an ideal book for students, academics and researchers interested in the economics of development and technological innovation. It will also be a valuable source book for policy makers in international development agencies, governments and the public sector
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361517
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 317
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of creative industries
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Theorie ; Welt ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Alan Kirman (1993), 'Ants, Rationality, and Recruitment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (1), February, 137-56 -- Sherwin Rosen (1981), 'The Economics of Superstars', American Economic Review, 71 (5), December, 845-58 -- Israel M. Kirzner (1997), 'Entrepreneurial Discovery and the Competitive Market Process: An Austrian Approach', Journal of Economic Literature, 35 (1), March, 60-85 -- Ulrich Witt (2001), 'Learning to Consume - A Theory of Wants and the Growth of Demand', Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 11 (1), January, 23-36 -- A.T. Peacock (1994), 'Welfare Economics and Public Subsidies to the Arts', Journal of Cultural Economics, 18 (2), June, 151-61 -- Tyler Cowen (1996), 'Why I Do Not Believe in the Cost-Disease: Comment on Baumol', Journal of Cultural Economics, 20 (3), 207-14 -- Tyler Cowen and Alexander Tabarrok (2000), 'An Economic Theory of Avant-Garde and Popular Art, or High and Low Culture', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 232-53 -- Bryan Caplan and Tyler Cowen (2004), 'Do We Underestimate the Benefits of Cultural Competition?', American Economic Review, 94 (2), May, 402-7 -- Richard Swedberg (2006), 'The Cultural Entrepreneur and the Creative Industries: Beginning in Vienna', Journal of Cultural Economics, 30 (4), December, 243-61 -- Elizabeth Currid (2007), 'The Economics of a Good Party: Social Mechanics and the Legitimization of Art/Culture', Journal of Economics and Finance, 31 (3), Fall, 386-94 -- Michael Hutter (2011), 'Infinite Surprises: On the Stabilization of Value in the Creative Industries', in Jens Beckert and Patrik Aspers (eds), The Worth of Goods: Valuation and Pricing in the Economy, Chapter 9, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 201-20 -- Gary B. Magee (2005), 'Rethinking Invention: Cognition and the Economics of Technological Creativity', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 57 (1), May, 29-48 -- R. Alexander Bentley (2009) 'Fashion versus Reason in the Creative Industries', in Michael J. O'Brien and Stephen J. Shennan (eds), Innovation in Cultural Systems: Contributions from Evolutionary Anthropology, Chapter 8, Cambridge, MA and London, UK: MIT Press, 121-26 -- John Hartley and Lucy Montgomery (2009), 'Fashion as Consumer Entrepreneurship: Emergent Risk Culture, Social Network Markets, and the Launch of Vogue in China', Chinese Journal of Communication, 2 (1), March, 61-76 -- John Banks and Jason Potts (2010), 'Co-creating Games: A Co-evolutionary Analysis', New Media and Society, 12 (2), March, 253-70 -- Jason Potts, John Hartley, John Banks, Jean Burgess, Rachel Cobcroft, Stuart Cunningham and Lucy Montgomery (2008), 'Consumer Co-creation and Situated Creativity', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 459-74 -- Richard E. Caves (2003), 'Contracts between Art and Commerce', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (2), Spring, 73-84 -- John Quiggin (2013), 'The Economics of New Media', in John Hartley, Jean Burgess and Axel Bruns (eds), A Companion to New Media Dynamics, Chapter 5, Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 90-103 -- Arthur De Vany and W. David Walls (1996), 'Bose-Einstein Dynamics and Adaptive Contracting in the Motion Picture Industry', Economic Journal, 106 (439), November, 1493-514.
    Abstract: Arthur S. De Vany and W. David Walls (2004), 'Motion Picture Profit, the Stable Paretian Hypothesis, and the Curse of the Superstar', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 28 (6), March, 1035-57 -- Jason Potts, Simon Cunningham, John Hartley and Paul Ormerod (2008), 'Social Network Markets: A New Definition of the Creative Industries', Journal of Cultural Economics, 32 (3), September, 167-85 -- Jason Potts (2012), 'Novelty-Bundling Markets', Advances in Austrian Economics, 16, 291-312 -- Pierre-Michel Menger (1999), 'Artistic Labor Markets and Careers', Annual Review of Sociology, 25, 541-74 -- Martin Kretschmer, George Michael Klimis and Chong Ju Choi (1999), 'Increasing Returns and Social Contagion in Cultural Industries', British Journal of Management, 10 (1), September, S61-S72 -- Peter E. Earl and Jason Potts (2013), 'The Creative Instability Hypothesis', Journal of Cultural Economics, 37 (2), May, 153-73 -- Christian Handke (2006), 'Plain Destruction or Creative Destruction? Copyright Erosion and the Evolution of the Record Industry', Review of Economic Research on Copyright Issues, 3 (2), 29-51 -- Stuart Cunningham (2012), 'Emergent Innovation through Coevolution of Informal and Formal Media Economies', Television and New Media, 13 (5), September, 415-30 -- Hasan Bakhshi and Eric McVittie (2009), 'Creative Supply-Chain Linkages and Innovation: Do the Creative Industries Stimulate Business Innovation in the Wider Economy?', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 169-89 -- Kathrin Müller, Christian Rammer and Johannes Trüby (2009), 'The Role of Creative Industries in Industrial Innovation', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 148-68 -- Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- Richard Florida (2002), 'Bohemia and Economic Geography', Journal of Economic Geography, 2 (1), January, 55-71 -- Allen J. Scott (2006), 'Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Industrial Development: Geography and the Creative Field Revisited,' Small Business Economics, 26 (1), February, 1-24 -- Luciana Lazzeretti, Rafael Boix and Francesco Capone (2008), 'Do Creative Industries Cluster? Mapping Creative Local Production Systems in Italy and Spain', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 549-67 -- Michele Boldrin and David Levine (2002), 'The Case Against Intellectual Property', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 209-12 -- Benjamin Klein, Andres V. Lerner and Kevin M. Murphy (2002), 'The Economics of Copyright "Fair Use" in a Networked World', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 205-8 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38 -- Ruth Towse (2010), 'Creativity, Copyright and the Creative Industries Paradigm', Kyklos, 63 (3), August, 461-78 -- Christian Handke (2012), 'Digital Copying and the Supply of Sound Recordings', Information Economics and Policy, 24 (1), March, 15-29.
    Abstract: Mikko Mustonen (2003), 'Copyleft - the Economics of Linux and Other Open Source Software', Information Economics and Policy, 15 (1), March, 99-121 -- Josh Lerner and Jean Tirole (2002) 'Some Simple Economics of Open Source' Journal of Industrial Economics, 50 (2), June, 197-234 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Ju (Jeffrey) Yu and Michael D. Smith (2002), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Peter Tschmuck (2003), 'How Creative are the Creative Industries? A Case of the Music Industry', Journal of Arts Management, Law, and Society, 33 (2), Summer, 127-41 -- John Quiggin (2006), 'Blogs, Wikis and Creative Innovation', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 9 (4), December, 481-96 -- Stuart Cunningham (2002), 'From Cultural to Creative Industries: Theory, Industry and Policy Implications', Media Information Australia, 102, February, 54-65 -- Ann Markusen, Gregory H. Wassall, Douglas DeNatale and Randy Cohen (2008), 'Defining the Creative Economy: Industry and Occupational Approaches', Economic Development Quarterly, 22 (1), February, 24-45 -- Peter Higgs and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Creative Industries Mapping: Where Have We Come From and Where Are We Going?', Creative Industries Journal, 1 (1), 7-30 -- Kate Oakley (2004), 'Not So Cool Britannia: The Role of Creative Industries in Economic Development', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 7 (1), March, 67-77 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Why Creative Industries Matter to Economic Evolution', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 18 (7), October, 663-73 -- Jason Potts and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Four Models of the Creative Industries', International Journal of Cultural Policy, 14 (3), August, 233-47 -- Francisco Marco-Serrano, Pau Rausell-Koster and Raul Abeledo-Sanchis (2014), 'Economic Development and the Creative Industries: A Tale of Causality', Creative Industries Journal, 7 (2), 81-91 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Creative Industries & Innovation Policy', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 138-47 -- Phil Cooke and Lisa De Propris (2011), 'A Policy Agenda for EU Smart Growth: The Role of Creative and Cultural Industries', Policy Studies, 32 (4), July, 365-75.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the emerging concept of the economics of creative industries. Professor Potts analyses key papers authored by leading scholars in the field which cover the evolution and development of this new area of study. Topics addressed in this review include economic theory foundations, creative economic agents, contracts and organizations, creative industries dynamics and innovation, creative cities and clusters and digital new media and intellectual property
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784716493
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The great financial meltdown
    DDC: 330.9/0511
    RVK:
    Keywords: 2007-2009 ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Welt ; Economic policy ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Part I -- Introduction -- 1. The crisis in context / Turan Subasat -- 2. Roots of the current economic crisis: capitalism, forms of capitalism, policies, and contingent events / David M. Kotz -- Part II -- Crisis and profitability -- 3. Crisis theory and the falling rate of profit / David Harvey -- 4. Monocausality and crisis theory - a reply to David Harvey / Michael Roberts -- 5. Booms, depressions, and the rate of profit: a pluralist, inductive guide / Alan Freeman -- Part III -- The crisis in economic and social reproduction -- 6. A global approach to the global financial crisis / John Weeks -- 7. The incubator of the great meltdown of 2008: the structure and practices of US neoliberalism as attacks on labor / Al Campbell and Erdogan Bakir -- 8. The value of history and the history of value / Radhika Desai -- 9. The systemic failings in framing neo-liberal social policy / Ben Fine -- 10. The policy-based and conjunctural causes of the 2008 crisis / Turan Subasat -- 11. The systemic causes of the 2008 crisis - an alternative theoretical perspective / Turan Subasat -- Part IV crisis and finance -- 12. Inequality, money markets and crisis / Simon Mohun -- 13. The crisis of finance and the crisis of accumulation: it was not a 'Lehman Brothers moment' / Jan Toporowski -- 14. Contradictions of capital accumulation in the age of financialization / Özgür Orhangazi -- 15. Which crisis, of which capitalism? a Marxian and financial Keynesian interpretation of neoliberalism and the great recession / Riccardo Bellofiore -- 16. The contested nature of financialization in emerging capitalist economies / Annina Kaltenbrunner and Elif Karacimen -- Part V -- The crisis unfolds -- 17. The Greek crisis: structural or conjunctural? / Stavros D. Mavroudeas -- 18. Greece, global fault-lines and the disintegrative logics of Germany's primacy in Europe / Vassilis K. Fouskas -- 19. Conclusions / John Weeks.
    Abstract: The Great Financial Meltdown reviews, advocates and critiques the systemic, conjunctural and policy-based explanations for the 2008 crisis. The book expertly examines these explanations to assess their analytical and empirical validity. Comprehensive yet accessible chapters, written by a collection of prominent authors, cover a wide range of political economy approaches to the crisis, from Marxian through to Post Keynesian and other heterodox schools. This interrogation of economic policy in light of the financial crisis is essential reading for real-word economists. To those seeking to understand the current economic stagnation and failings of the system, it offers an enlightening exposition of contemporary political economy
    Note: Contributors include: E. Bakir, R. Bellofiore, A. Campbell, R. Desai, B. Fine, D. Fouskas, A. Freeman, D. Harvey, A. Kaltenbrunner, E. Karacimen, D. Kotz, S. Mavroudeas, S. Mohun, O. Orhangazi, M. Roberts, T. Subasat, J. Toporowski, J. Weeks , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360794
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,248 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Competition ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Lysias (c. 386 B.C.), "Against the Corn Dealers." -- Case of Monopolies (1607), 11 Coke 84b-88b. The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-1266. -- Adam Smith (1776) An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London: Methuen. -- James Madison (1787), "The Federalist No. 10," in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.) (1961), The Federalist, Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 56-65. -- Henry C. Simons (1936), "The Requisites of Free Competition," American Economic Review, Supplement, 68-76. -- Ernst-Joachim Mestmäcker (1980), "Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations," Zeitschrift fuer die Gasamte Staatswissenschaft, September, 387-398. -- John Bates Clark (1900), "Trusts," Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-195. -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), "Private Monopolies and Public Rights," Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44. -- Robert Liefmann (1915), "Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy, Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-325. -- Richard T. Ely (1887), "The Future of Corporations," Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-266. -- Alfred Marshall (1980), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35. -- Jeriamiah W. Jenks (1900), The Trust Problem, New York: McClure, Phillips & Co. -- Eliot Jones (1920), "Is Competition in Industry Ruinous," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519. -- Kojiro Niino (1962), "The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition," Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62. -- Ruytaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. -- Robert H. Bork (1966), "Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act", Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48. -- Robert H. Lande (1989), "Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust," Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-644. -- Richard A. Posner (1975), "The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation," Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-827. -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), "Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-194.
    Abstract: James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), "Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?" Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37. -- Kurt Bloch (1932) "On German Cartels," Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-222. -- David B. Audretsch (1989), "Legalized Cartels in West Germany," Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600. -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), "The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act," Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-545. -- John M. Connor and Robert H. Lande (2012), "Cartels as Rational Business Strategy: Crime Pays," Cardozo Law Review, 34 (2), 101-157. -- John M. Connor (2000), Global Price Fixing, Boston: Kluwer. -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), "Characteristics of Collusive Firms," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-237. -- James P. Cairns (1964), "Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-240. -- R. W. Shaw and S. A. Shaw (1983), "Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66. -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), "Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan," in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-239. -- William H. Nicholls (1949), "The Tabacco Case of 1946," American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-296. -- Jesse Markham (1951), "The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership," American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905. -- F. M. Scherer (2015), "The Federal Trade Commission, Oligopoly, and Shared Monopoly," Review of Industrial Organization, 46, 5-23. -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), "Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217. -- F. M. Scherer (1987), "Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress," New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Standard Oil as a Technological Innovator," Review of Industrial Organization, 38, 225-233. -- George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), "The Cellophane Case and the New Competition," American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), "Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations," Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-1531. -- Erich Kaufer (1980), "The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition," Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-532.
    Abstract: Eleanor M. Fox (1986), "Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness," Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Abuse of Dominance by High Technology Enterprises: A Comparison of U.S. and E.C. Approaches," Economia e Politica Industriale (Journal of Industrial and Business Economics), March, 39-62. -- Richard E. Caves (1974), "International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets," Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November 1-34. -- Lester G. Telser (1966), "Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse," Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-270. -- Basil S. Yamey (1972), "Predtatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments," Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42. -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), "Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors," Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April 266-296. -- Phillip Areeda and Donald F. Turner (1975), "Predatory Pricing and Related Practices under Section 2 of the Sherman Act," Harvard Law Review, 88 (4), February, 697-733. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), "Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis," Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-II, VII, 284-315, 337-340. -- William J. Baumol (1979), "Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing," Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November 1-26. -- George J. Stigler (1950), "Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger," American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34. -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), "Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?" Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-118. -- Shaw Livermore (1935), "The Success of Industrial Mergers," Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96. -- Jürgen Müller (1976), "The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), 113-132. -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), "The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXIII (2), December, 165-177. -- Henry G. Manne (1965), "Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control," Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, April, 110-120. -- Richard E. Caves (1989), "Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight," International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-174. -- Ajit Singh (1971), Take-overs: Their Relevance to the Stock Market and the Theory of the Firm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), " Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs," American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36. -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15.
    Abstract: F. M. Scherer (2012), "Merger Efficiencies and Competition Policy," Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development conference paper, DAF/COMP/WD(2012). -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), "Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy," European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-550. -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), "Market Power in Antitrust Cases," Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-983. -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), "The Extent of the Market," Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-585. -- F. M. Scherer (2009), "On the Paternity of a Market Delineation Approach," American Antitrust Institute working paper 09-01, http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/content/aai-working-paper-no-09-01-paternity-market-delineation-approach. -- The Economist (2016), March, 23-28. -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), "Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages, " Journal of Law and Economics, XVII (2), October, 329-356. -- F. M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42 (4), Fall, 461-487. -- The Case of Monopolies', (1907), 11 Coke 84b-88b, The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-66 -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London, Methuen, Volume I, 63-4, 124-7, 130, Volume II, 245-6 -- James Madison (1961), 'The Federalist No. 10', in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.), The Federalist, Middletown, CT; Wesleyan University Press, 56-65 -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), 'Private Monopolies and Public Rights', Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44 -- Richard T. Ely (1887), 'The Future of Corporations', Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-66 -- Alfred Marshall (1890), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35 -- John Bates Clark (1900), 'Trusts', Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-95 -- Henry C. Simons (1936), 'The Requisites of Free Competition', American Economic Review, XXVI (1), March (Supplement), 68-76 -- Robert Liefmann (1915), 'Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-25 -- Eliot Jones (1920), 'Is Competition in Industry Ruinous', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519 -- Kojiro Niino (1962), 'The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition', Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62.
    Abstract: Ryutaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press, 297-301, notes and references -- Robert H. Bork (1966), 'Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48 -- Robert H. Lande (1989), 'Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust', Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-44 -- Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation', Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-27 -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), 'Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-94 -- James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), 'Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?', Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37 -- (1926), 'Against the Corn Dealers', Lysias, Classical Library, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 490-503 -- Kurt Bloch Dr. (1932), 'On German Cartels', Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-22 -- Emst-Joachim Mestmacker (1980), 'Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations', Zeitschrtfi filr die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 387-98, 404-7 -- David B. Audretsch (1989), 'Legalized Cartels in West Germany', Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600 -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), 'The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act', Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-45 -- James P. Cairns (1964), 'Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience', Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-40 -- R.W. Shaw and S.A. Shaw (1983), 'Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66 -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), 'Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan', in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-9 -- William H. Nicholls (1949), 'The Tobacco Case of 1946', American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-96 -- Jesse W. Markham (1951), 'The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership', American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905 -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), 'Characteristics of Collusive Firms', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-37 -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), 'Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217 -- F.M. Scherer (1987), 'Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress', New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019.
    Abstract: George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), 'The Cellophane Case and the New Competition', American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), 'Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations', Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-31 -- Erich Kaufer (1980), 'The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition', Zeitschrifi fir die Gesamte Staaiswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-32 -- Eleanor M. Fox (1986), 'Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness', Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020 -- Richard E. Caves (1974), 'International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets', Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November, 1-34 -- L.G. Telser (1966), 'Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-70 -- B.S, Yamey (1972), 'Predatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments', Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42 -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), 'Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April, 266-96 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), 'Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis', Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-H, VII, 284-315, 337-40 -- William J. Baumol (1979), 'Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing', Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November, 1-26 -- George J. Stigler (1950), 'Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger', American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34 -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), 'Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-18 -- Shaw Livermore (1935), 'The Success of Industrial Mergers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96 -- Jürgen Müller (1976), 'The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), December, 113-32 -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), 'The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXHI (2), December, 165-77 -- Henry G. Marine (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXHI, April, 110-20 -- Richard E. Caves (1989), 'Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-74 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), 'Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs', American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36 -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), 'Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy', European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-50.
    Abstract: William M. Landes and vRichard A. Posner (1981), 'Market Power in Antitrust Cases', Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-83 -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), 'The Extent of the Market', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-85 -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15 -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), 'Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages', Journal of Law and Economics, XVH (2), October, 329-56 -- F.M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42, Fall, 461-87.
    Abstract: This review draws on a collection of seminal writings dealing with the development of competition policy in Europe, the United States and Japan. It begins by discussing the writings of leading philosophers and scholars on the rationale and desirability of competition in market economies. These interpretations range in time of origin from ancient Greece through to Adam Smith and James Madison to very recent contributions in the competition policy debate. Having established relevant philosophical foundations, the review offers analyses by leading British, American, German and Japanese scholars on the interpretation and administration of laws concerning price-fixing and other restrictive agreements, market dominance and monopolization, predatory practices and mergers
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    ISBN: 9781783474318
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The global south after the crisis
    DDC: 330.9051
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftslage ; Finanzpolitik ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Financial crises ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Finanskriser ; Ulandsøkonomi ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise ; Entwicklungsländer ; Geschichte 2008-2009
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The impacts of the 2008 global financial crisis on developing countries: the case of the 15 most affected countries / Hasan Cömert and Esra Nur Uğurlu -- 2. A tale of two worlds? income distribution and the global crisis: observations from the north/south nexus / Serdal Bahçe and Ahmet Haşim Köse -- 3. Central banking in developing countries after the crisis: what has changed? / Ahmet Benlialper and Hasan Cömert -- 4. Monetary transmission in Africa: a review of official sources / Rex A. McKenzie -- 5. Commodities economy in times of crisis: Bolivia after the global financial meltdown / Orlando Justo and Juan E. Santarcángelo -- 6. The Brazilian economy after the 2008 global financial crisis: the end of the macroeconomic tripod's golden age / Marcos Reis, Andre De Melo Modenesi and Rui Lyrio Modenesi -- 7. The global financial crisis: impact and response from Malaysia / Shankaran Nambiar -- 8. The impacts of the global crisis on the Turkish economy, and policy responses / Hasan Cömert and Mehmet Selman Çolak.
    Abstract: The Global South after the Crisis is an appraisal and analysis of how the Great Recession of 2008 to 2009 unfolded in the developing world and an exploration of its effects on those countries, particularly on each one's economic management. Essays identify the ways in which the crisis was transmitted to these countries and the associated policy responses of the governments concerned. This volume is split into two accessible sections. The first part concentrates on the impact of the crisis on growth, inequality, policy responses and policy shifts in key areas such as central banking. The second part comprises individual country case studies and includes an exploration of the vulnerabilities related to the integration of developing economies into the world economy. This well-integrated compilation of both original case studies and thematic essays will be of interest to scholars and professionals working in the development field and other readers wishing to obtain an understanding of socio-economic developments in the wider world. Aid workers, policy makers, and social science researchers will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, A. Benlialper, M.S. Çolak, H. Cömert, A. de Melo Modenesi, O. Justo, A.H. Kös, R.A. McKenzie, R.L. Modenesi, S. Nambiar, M. Reis, J.E. Santarcángelo, E.N. Ugurlu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719036
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (680 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Inflation (Finance) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): "Phelps-Brown, E.H. and Shiela V. Hopkins (1956), "Seven Centuries of the Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates", Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314" -- "O'Donoghue, Jim, Louise Goulding, and Grahame Allen (2004), "Consumer Price Inflation Since 1750," Economic Trends, 604, 38-46" -- "Anna J. Schwartz (1973), "Secular Price Change in Historical Perspective", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-269" -- "Duck, Nigel W. (1993), "Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money", Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking 25 (1), February, 1-12" -- "Ng, Serena and Jonathan H. Wright (2013), "Facts and Challenges from the Great Recession for Forecasting and Macroeconomic Modeling," Journal of Economic Literature 51 (4), 1120-1154" -- "Parkin, Michael (1998), "Unemployment, Inflation, and Monetary Policy," Canadian Journal of Economics / Revue canadienne d'Economique 31 (5) (November), 1003-1032" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Laidler, David and Michael Parkin (1975), "Inflation: A Survey", Economic Journal 85, December, 741-809" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Could a Monetary Base Rule Have Prevented the Great Depression?" Journal of Monetary Economics 26 (August), 3-26" -- "Cagan, Philip (1956), "The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation", in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117" -- "Obstfeld, Maurice and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), "Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 675-678" -- "Sargent, Thomas and Neil Wallace (1981), "Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic", Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 5, Fall, 1-17" -- Woodford, Michael (2003), Interest and Prices: Foundations of a Theory of Monetary Policy, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Friedman, Milton (1968), "The Role of Monetary Policy," American Economic Review 58, 1-17" -- "Phelps, Edmund S. (1968), "Money Wage Dynamics and Labor Market Equilibrium," Journal of Political Economy 76, 678-711, amended and reprinted in Phelps (1970)" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money," Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Calvo, Guillermo A. (1983), "Staggered Prices in a Utility-Maximizing Framework," Journal of Monetary Economics 12, 383-398" -- "Rotemberg, Julio J. (1987), "The New Keynesian Microfoundations," NBER Macroeconomics Annual 1987, edited by Stanley Fischer, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, 69-116" -- "Mankiw, N. Gregory and Ricardo Reis (2002), "Sticky Information Versus Sticky Prices: A Proposal To Replace The New Keynesian Phillips Curve," Quarterly Journal of Economics 117 (4) (November), 1295-1328".
    Abstract: "Mankiw, N. Gregory, Ricardo Reis, and Justin Wolfers (2004), "Disagreement about Inflation Expectations", NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2003, edited by Mark Gertler and Kenneth Rogoff, Cambridge, MA and London: MIT Press, Volume 18" -- "Dotsey, Michael, Robert G. King, and Alexander L. Wolman (1999), "State-Dependent Pricing and the General Equilibrium Dynamics of Money and Output," Quarterly Journal of Economics 114 (2), 655-690" -- "King, Robert G. and Charles I. Plosser (1984), "Money, Credit, and Prices in a Real Business Cycle," American Economic Review, 74 (3) (June) 363-380" -- "Svensson, Lars E.O. (1999), "Price-Level Targeting versus Inflation Targeting: A Free Lunch?" Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 31 (August), 277-295" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus Policy Rules in Practice," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1972), "Expectations and the Neutrality of Money", Journal of Economic Theory 4, 103-124" -- "Lucas, Robert E., Jr (1976), "Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique," Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy 1, 19-46" -- Fischer, Stanley (ed.) (1980), Rational Expectations and Economic Policy, Chicago: University of Chicago Pres -- "Bailey, M.J. (1956), "The Welfare Cost of Inflationary Finance", Journal of Political Economy, 64 (2), 93-110" -- "Fischer, Stanley (1981), "Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II" in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41" -- "Gillman, Max (1993), "The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit", Journal of Monetary Economics 31, 97-115" -- "Den Haan, Wouter J. (1990), "The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty", Journal of Monetary Economics 25, 389-409" -- "Schmitt-Grohé, Stephanie and Martin Uribe (2007), "Optimal Simple and Implementable Monetary and Fiscal Rules," Journal of Monetary Economics 54 (6) (September), 1702-1725" -- "Howitt, Peter (1990), "Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy", in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108" -- "Sargent, Thomas (1982), "The Ends of Four Big Inflations", in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economic Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97" -- "Suzuki, Yoshio (1985), "Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years", Monetary and Economic Studies 3 (2), September, 1-9" -- "Meltzer, Allan H. (1993), "Some Lessons from the Great Inflations", in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press, 7-29" -- "Simons, Henry C. (1936), "Rules Versus Authorities in Monetary Policy," Journal of Political Economy 44 (1), February, 1-30" -- "Kydland, Finn E. and Edward C. Prescott, (1977), "Rules Rather than Discretion: The Inconsistency of Optimal Plans," Journal of Political Economy 85 (3) (June), 473-492".
    Abstract: "Ascari, Guido and Tiziano Ropele (2009), "Trend Inflation, Taylor Principle, and Indeterminacy," Journal of Money, Credit and Banking 41 (8) (December), 1557-1584" -- "Ascari, Guido and Argia M. Sbordone (2014), "The Macroeconomics of Trend Inflation," Journal of Economic Literature 52 ( 3) (September), 679-739" -- "Taylor, John B. (1993), "Discretion versus policy rules in practice", Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 39, 195-214" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1987),"The Case for Rules in the Conduct of Monetary Policy: A Concrete Example," Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Review (September/October), 10-18" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1988), "Robustness Properties of a Rule for Monetary Policy," Carnegie-Rochester Conference Series on Public Policy 29 (Autumn), 173-204" -- "McCallum, Bennett T. (1990), "Inflation: theory and Evidence", in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economics, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 963-1012" -- Bernanke, Ben S., Thomas Laubach, Frederic S. Mishkin, and Adam S. Posen (1999), Inflation Targeting: Lessons from the International Experience, Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press -- "Parkin, Michael (2014), "The Effects of Central Bank Independence and Inflation Targeting on Macroeconomic Performance: Evidence from Quasi-Natural Experiments," Review of Economic Analysis 6 (1), 1-35" -- "Barro, Robert and David Gordon (1983), "A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model", Journal of Political Economy 91 (4), August, 589-610" -- "Blackburn, Keith and Michael Christensen (1989), "Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence", Journal of Economic Literature XXVII (1), March, 1-45" -- "Romer, David (1993), "Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence", Quarterly Journal of Economics CVIII (4), November, 869-903" -- "de Haan, Jakob and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), "The Case for Central Bank Independence", Banca Nazionale del Lavoro Quarterly Review 182, September, 305-327" -- Anna J. Schwartz (1973), 'Sccular Price Change in Historical Perspective', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 5 (1, Pt II), February, 243-69 -- E.H. Phelps Brown and Sheila V. Hopkins (1956), 'Seven Centuries of tbe Prices of Consumables, compared with Builders' Wage-Rates', Economica, New Series, XXIII (89-92), November, 296-314 -- Nigel W. Duck (1993), 'Some International Evidence on the Quantity Theory of Money', Journal of Money, Credit, and Banking, 25 (1), February, 1-12 -- David Laidler and Michael Parkin (1975), 'Inflation: A Survey', Economie Journal, 85, December, 741-809 -- Bennett T. McCallum (1990), 'Inflation: Theory and Evidence', in B.M. Friedman and F.H. Hahn (eds), Handbook of Monetary Economies, Volume II, Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers B.V., 963-1012 -- Phillip Cagan (1956), 'The Monetary Dynamics of Hyperinflation', in Milton Friedman (ed.), Studies in the Quantity Theory of Money, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 25-117 -- Maurice Obstfeld and Kenneth Rogoff (1983), 'Speculative Hyperinflations in Maximizing Models: Can We Rule Them Out?', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 675-87.
    Abstract: Thomas J. Sargent and Neil Wallace (1981), 'Some Unpleasant Monetarist Arithmetic', Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapotis Quarterly Review, 5, Fall, 1-17 -- Stanley Fischer (1981), 'Towards an Understanding of the Costs of Inflation: II', in Karl Brunner and Allan H. Meltzer (eds), The Costs and Consequences of Inflation, Carnegie-Roches ter Conference Series on Public Policy, Volume 15, Amsterdam: North-Holland, 5-41 -- Max Gillman (1993), 'The Welfare Cost of Inflation in a Cash-in-Advance Economy with Costly Credit', Journal of Monetary Economies, 31, 97-115 -- Wouter J. Den Haan (1990), 'The Optimal Inflation Path in a Sidrauski-Type Model with Uncertainty', Journal of Monetary Economies, 25, 389-409 -- Peter Howitt (1990), 'Zero Inflation as a Long-Term Target for Monetary Policy', in Richard G. Lipsey (ed.), Zero Inflation: The Goal of Price Stability, Toronto: C.D. Howe Institute, 67-108 -- Thomas J. Sargent (1982), 'The Ends of Four Big Inflations', in Robert E. Hall (ed.), Inflation: Causes and Effects, Chapter 2, Chicago: National Bureau of Economie Research and University of Chicago Press, 41-97 -- Yoshio Suzuki (1985), 'Japan's Monetary Policy Over the Past 10 Years', in Monetary and Economie Studies, 3 (2), September, 1-9 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1993), 'Some Lessons from the Great Inflations', in Kumiharu Shigehara (ed.), Price Stabilization in the 1990s, London: Bank of Japan and Macmillan Press Ltd., 7-29 -- Robert J. Barro and David B. Gordon (1983), 'A Positive Theory of Monetary Policy in a Natural Rate Model', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (4), August, 589-610 -- Keith Blackbum and Michael Christensen (1989), 'Monetary Policy and Policy Credibility: Theories and Evidence', Journal of Economie Uterature, XXVII (I), March, 1-45 -- David Romer (1993), 'Openness and Inflation: Theory and Evidence', Quarterly Journal of Economies, CVIII (4), November, 869-903 -- Jakob De Haan and Jan Egbert Sturm (1992), 'The Case for Central Bank Independence', Banca Nationale del Lavoro Quarterly Review, 182, September, 305-27.
    Abstract: The Theory of Inflation presents in one volume a comprehensive description of the historical inflation record, surveys the current state of knowledge on the fundamental forces that cause inflation and the mechanisms that propagate it, and examines the costs of inflation and the problems of achieving price stability. Professor Parkin's selection draws both upon the contribution of mainstream economists - whose work has been based on market demand and supply - and a new generation whose work has emphasized the importance of technology and preferences. This volume, as the introduction states, indicates that there is much of value to be learnt from both approaches
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781781004920
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Universities and colleges Business management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Towards a market oriented university -- 2. Competition and rankings -- 3. Delivering student satisfaction -- 4. Disrupting higher education -- 5. From marketing to market orientation -- 6. Developing and maintaining a market-oriented university -- 7. Understanding the market -- 8. Developing strategic directions -- 9. Differentiating, positioning and branding the university.
    Abstract: The next decade will be transformative for the higher education sector. Government funding is decreasing. Through their marketing activities universities have created the 'student consumer.' The student consumer is prepared to shop around, compare prices and value, and once purchased expects a return on their investment. Disruptive innovations are challenging traditional forms of learning and in many cases are viewed as better alternatives to traditional learning in the classroom. Competition from private educational providers is increasing. Their cost base is lower, and their customer focus is superior. In short, universities around the world are facing a perfect storm. While experts don't expect the higher education sector to collapse under these challenges, they do believe that for some institutions the future looks bleak. If universities are to avoid closures or mergers, they will need to adopt a market-oriented approach. This timely book urges readers to view students as customers and focuses on how universities need to reinvent themselves in order to stay relevant. Striking a difference between market-oriented and marketing, the authors provide various examples of institutions around the world that are making efforts to reposition themselves. Additionally, this book delves into the issue of undervalued faculty, arguing that education practices are in desperate need of being reimagined due to the abundance of MOOCs and adaptive and experiential learning practices within universities these days. Both university and academic leaders alike, including presidents, provosts, deans, and faculty will find value in the instructional aspects of this book as they relate to their involvement with institutional advancement agendas as well as providing insight into the changing nature of higher education and the evolving definition of what an academic career now entails
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717766
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Information society ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Digital transformations: an introduction / F. Xavier Olleros and Majlinda Zhegu -- Part I sectoral analyses -- 1. How online learning will transform legal education / David I. C. Thomson -- 2. The digital future of the oldest information profession / Ray Worthy Campbell -- 3. Medicine in the age of smart machines: legal liability challenges / Fazal Khan -- 4. Digital health technologies and digital data: new ways of monitoring, measuring and commodifying human bodies / Deborah Lupton -- 5. The digital disruption of banking and payment services / David Arnold and Paul Jeffery -- 6. Collaboration, participation, and transparency: the promise of digitizing academic research / Sascha Friesike and Benedikt Fecher -- 7. University libraries in the digital era / Kyle K. Courtney and Emily Kilcer -- 8. Online dating platforms: a tool for social science research / Andreas Schmitz and Doreen Zillmann -- 9. Atoms matter: the role of local 'makerspaces' in the coming digital economy / Joel West and Anne Greul -- 10. Smart cities, social capital and citizens at play: a critique and a way forward / Marcus Foth, Andrew Hudson-Smith and Dean Gifford -- Part II transversal topics -- 11. Blockchain technology: principles and applications / Marc Pilkington -- 12. 3d printing and intellectual property / Lucas Osborn -- 13. Big data and the future for privacy / Neil M. Richards and Jonathan H. King -- 14. Crowdwork, corporate social responsibility and fair labor practices / Miriam A. Cherry and Winifred R. Poster -- 15. Crowdfunding: principles, trends and issues / Stéphane Onnée and Sophie Renault -- 16. The gamification of education and business: a critical analysis and future research prospects / Amy Duvernet, Alberto Asquer and Inna Krachkovskaya -- 17. The impact of digital technologies on innovation policy / Kenji E. Kushida -- 18. Innovation policy for cloud-computing contracts / John M. Newman -- 19. Competition policy in a world of big data / Simonetta Vezzoso -- 20. A continuum of internet-based crime: how the effectiveness of cybersecurity policies varies across cybercrime types / Eric Jardine.
    Abstract: The digital transition of the world economy is now entering a phase of broad and deep societal impact. While there is one overall transition, there are many different sectoral transformations, from health and legal services to tax reports and taxi rides, as well as a rising number of transversal trends and policy issues, from widespread precarious employment and privacy concerns to market monopoly and cybercrime. This Research Handbook offers a rich and interdisciplinary synthesis of some of the recent research on the digital transformations currently under way. This comprehensive study contains chapters covering sectoral and transversal analyses, all of which are specially commissioned and include cutting-edge research. The contributions featured are global, spanning four continents and seven different countries, as well as interdisciplinary, including experts in economics, sociology, law, finance, urban planning and innovation management. The digital transformations discussed are fertile ground for researchers, as established laws and regulations, organizational structures, business models, value networks and workflow routines are contested and displaced by newer alternatives. This book will be equally pertinent to three constituencies: academic researchers and graduate students, practitioners in various industrial and service sectors and policy makers
    Note: Contributors include: D. Arnold, A. Asquer, R.W. Campbell, M.A. Cherry, K.K. Courtney, A. DuVernet, M. Foth, S. Friesike, D. Gifford, A. Hudson-Smith, E. Jardine, P. Jeffrey, F. Khan, J.H. King, I. Krachkovskaya, K.E. Kushida, D. Lupton, J.M. Newman, F.X. Ollero, S. Onnée, L. Osborn, M. Pilkington, W. Poster, S. Renault, N. Richards, A. Schmitz, D.I.C. Thomson, S. Vezzoso, J.L. West, M. Zhegu, D. Zillmann , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    ISBN: 9781783479382
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Community development ; Cultural pluralism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Co-creation and the city -- Part I: the planners' view -- 2. The planning process -- 3. The 'cultural turn' in urban design -- Part II: the view from the action nets -- 4. The organizer's view: exploring emergent project action nets -- 5. The insider-participant view: common dualities on urban design and program organization -- 6. The public view: analysis of the narratives in the local press -- 7. Building a milieu for city marketing and branding -- The vignette collection -- Part III: the achievement -- 8. Comparisons with other European capitals of culture -- 9. Co-creating cities: future challenges.
    Abstract: Over the past three decades, the European Capital of Culture has grown into one of the most ambitious cultural programs in the world. Through the promotion of cultural diversity across the continent, the program fosters mutual understanding and intercultural dialogue among citizens, thereby increasing their sense of belonging to a community. This insightful book outlines potential avenues through which culture and creativity can raise the imaginative capability of citizens and harness opportunities tied to what the book calls 'culture-driven growth'. Building on three years of observations, interviews and research the authors argue that a 'strategy-as-practice' perspective can reveal how strategy making is enabled or constrained by organizational and social practices. The authors reveal how the 'sweet-spot' of city regeneration occurs where urban and cultural planning are aligned. They then evaluate the practice of 'co-creation' within organizing bodies and investigate the extent to which its success depends on a fusion of top-down rules and bottom-up action. Urban Strategies for Culture-Driven Growth will appeal to international scholars and students in organization studies, geography, city governance and planning, urban design and urban and regional development. Policymakers and planners will also find it to be a valuable resource
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    DDC: 658.314
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitarbeiterbindung ; Verhalten in Organisationen ; Personalführung ; Nationalkultur ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Employee loyalty ; Electronic books ; Mitarbeiter ; Unternehmen ; Soziale Bindung ; Mitarbeiter ; Organisationshandeln ; Commitment ; Führung
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Employee commitment: an introduction and roadmap / J.P. Meyer -- Part I Conceptualization of commitment -- 2. Commitment as a unidimensional construct / H.J. Klein and H. Park -- 3. Commitment as a multi-dimensional construct / N.J. Allen -- 4. Multiple foci of workplace commitments / T.E. Becker -- Part II related constructs -- 5. A motivational model of employee attachment to an organization / M. Gagné and J. Howard -- 6. Organizational commitment and employee engagement: 10 key questions / S.L. Albrecht and O.J. Dineen -- 7. Job embeddedness, employee commitment and related constructs / B.C. Holtom -- 8. Organizational identification / R. van Dick -- 9. Psychological contracts / S.D. Hansen and Y. Griep -- Part III foci of commitment -- 10. Occupational commitment / J.P. Meyer and J.A. Espinoza -- 11. Social commitments / C. Vandenberghe -- 12. The rise, decline, resurrection, and growth of union commitment research / P. Horsman, D.G. Gallaghar and E.K. Kelloway -- 13. Action commitments / J.P. Meyer and B.K. Anderson -- Part IV consequences of commitment -- 14. Employee turnover and absenteeism / I.R. Gellatly and L.M. Hedberg -- 15. Employee commitment and performance / D.J. Stanley and J.P. Meyer -- 16. Counterproductive work behavior / B. Marcus -- 17. Employee commitment and well-being / A.C. Chris, E.R. Maltin and J.P. Meyer -- 18. Affective consequences of workplace commitments / H.J. Klein and C.T. Brinsfield -- Part V drivers of commitment -- 19. Individual differences as causes of the development of commitment / M.E. Bergman and V.A. Jean -- 20. Person-environment fits as drivers of commitment / A.E.M. van Vianen, M.R.W. Hamstra and J. Koen -- 21. Strategic human resource management and organizational commitment / K. Jiang -- 22. Organizational leadership and employee commitment / M. Trivisonno and J. Barling -- 23. Employee empowerment and organizational commitment / H.K. Laschinger, E. Read and Z. Junhong -- 24. Perceived organizational support / F. Stinglhamber, G. Caesens, L. Clark and R. Eisenberger -- 25. Organizational justice and employee commitment: a review of contemporary research / D.R. Bobocel and F. Mu -- Part VI commitment across cultures -- 26. Understanding commitment across cultures / S.A. Wasti -- 27. Commitment in Europe / J. Felfe and J. Wombacher -- 28. Employee commitment in China / A. Newman and D. Wang -- 29. An examination of the social-institutional, cultural, and organizational antecedents of commitment in India / V.L. Dhir, N.L. Bremner and S. Datta -- 30. Commitment in the Middle East / A. Cohen -- 31. Organizational commitment: a Latin American soap opera / L.M. Arciniega -- Part VII methodological issues -- 32. A contemporary update on testing for measurement equivalence and invariance / R.J. Vandenberg and N.A. Morelli -- 33. Tracking change in commitment over time: the latent growth modeling approach / K. Bentein -- 34. Capturing the process of committing: design requirements for a temporal measurement instrument / W. van Olffen, O.N. Solinger and R.A. Roe -- 35. Person-centered research strategies in commitment research / A.J.S. Morin -- Part VIII conclusion -- 36. Employee commitment: a back and moving forward / J.P. Meyer.
    Abstract: A high level of employee commitment holds particular value for organizations owing to its impact on organizational effectiveness and employee well-being. This Handbook provides an up-to-date review of theory and research pertaining to employee commitment in the workplace, outlining its value for both employers and employees and identifying key factors in its development, maintenance or decline. Including chapters from leading theorists and researchers from around the world, this Handbook presents cumulated and cutting-edge research exploring what commitment is, the different forms it can take, and how it is distinct from related concepts such as employee engagement, work motivation, embeddedness, the psychological contract, and organizational identification. Examining topics such as high-commitment work systems, work attitudes and motivation, the Handbook provides integration with related literatures. Internationally applicable, sections also discuss the implications of culture differences for commitment and present the latest developments in research methods and analytic techniques that can be used to advance our understanding of commitment. Comprehensive and engaging, the Handbook of Employee Commitment is essential reading for commitment scholars and researchers interested in the latest developments in the field as well as for international scholars who will benefit from its guidance on how to approach research in unique cultures. It will also prove of prime interest to managers and management consultants with its wealth of suggestions to guide evidence-based practice
    Note: Contributors include: S.L. Albrecht, N.J. Allen, B.K. Anderson, L.M. Arciniega, J. Barling, T.E. Becker, K. Bentein, M.E. Bergman, D.R. Bobocel, N.L. Bremner, C.T. Brinsfield, G. Caisens, A.C. Chris, L. Clark, A. Cohen, S. Datta, V.L. Dhir, O.J. Dineen, R. Eisenberger, J.A. Espinoza, J. Felfe, M. Gagné, D.G. Gallagher, I.R. Gellatly, Y. Griep, S.D. Hansen, L.M. Hedberg, M.R.W. Hamstra, B.C. Holtom, P. Horsman, J. Howard, V.A. Jean, K. Jiang, Z. Junhong, E.K. Kelloway, H.J. Klein, J. Koen, E.R. Maltin, B. Marcus, J.P. Meyer, N.A. Morelli, A.J.S. Morin, F. Mu, A. Newman, H. Park, E. Read, R.A. Roe, O.N. Solinger, H. Spence Laschinger, D.J. Stanley, F. Stinglhamber, M. Trivisonno, R. Van Dick, W. Van Olffen, A.E.M. Van Vianen, R.J. Vandenberg, C. Vandenberghe, D. Wang, S.A. Wasti, J. Wombacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9781784717919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Gustafson, Andrew The Challenges of Capitalism for Virtue Ethics and the Common Good: Interdisciplinary Perspectives, edited by Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison. Cheltanham: Edward Elgar, 2016. 328 pp. ISBN: 978-1784717902 2018
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The challenges of capitalism for virtue ethics and the common good
    DDC: 330.122
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Ethik ; Philosophie ; Geschichte ; Capitalism Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: Introduction / Kleio Akrivou -- Part I the common good in history: virtue epistemology as knowledge foundation for the relationships between institutions, society and person(s) -- 1. The merchant and the common good: social paradigms and the state's influence in western history / Agustín González Enciso -- 2. The 'medieval', the common good and accounting / Alisdair Dobie -- 3. The civilization of commerce in the middle ages / Mark Hanssen -- 4. Virtuous banking: the role of the community in monitoring English joint-stock banks and their managements in the nineteenth century / Victoria Barnes and Lucy Newton -- 5. Disposed toward self-restraint: the London clearing banks, 1946-71 / Linda Arch -- Part II Aristotelian virtue, the common good and current relevance for capitalism, institutions and persons' agency -- 6. Revisiting the common good of the firm / Alejo José G. Sison -- 7. Integrated habitus for the common good of the firm - a radically humanistic conception of organizational habitus with systemic human integrity orientation / Kleio Akrivou, Oluyemisi Bolade-Ogunfodun and Adeyinka Adewale -- 8. Corporate agency, character, purpose and the common good / Geoff Moore -- 9. Individual and organizational virtues / Ron Beadle -- 10. Corporations, politics and the common good / Brian M. McCall -- 11. Two kinds of human integrity: towards the ethics of the inter-processual self / Kleio Akrivou and José Víctor Orón -- 12. Prudence as part of a worldview: historical and conceptual dimensions / Germán R. Scalzo and Helen Alford -- 13. Non-Western virtue ethics, commerce and the common good / Daryl Koehn -- 14. Reflections on the concept of the common good from an economic perspective / Mark Casson.
    Abstract: The evolution of modern capitalist society is increasingly being marked by an undeniable and consistent tension between pure economic and ethical ways of valuing and acting. This book is a collaborative and cross-disciplinary contribution that challenges the assumptions of capitalist business and society. It ultimately reflects on how to restore benevolence, collaboration, wisdom and various forms of virtuous deliberation amongst all those who take part in the common good, drawing inspiration from European history and continental philosophical traditions on virtue. Editors Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison unite well-known academics who examine new ways of understanding the relations between social classes, organizations, groups and the role of actors-persons. They propose ways to restore virtue in our economy-society-person relations with the purpose of overcoming the current challenges of capitalism which more often than not sacrifice happiness and broader, sustained prosperity for the achievement of short-term efficiency. This book also explores a moral psychology that underpins normative virtue ethics theory, and seeks a deeper understanding on how the concept of prudence and the distinct forms of rational excellence have evolved since Aristotle and the co-evolution of Western-Aristotelian and Eastern virtue ethics traditions. This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to business ethics scholars, organizational behaviour academics, organizational sociologists, qualitative research scholars and economic historians. Policy-makers who are interested in improving collaborative frameworks and cross-institutional collaboration policies will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: A. Adewale, K. Akrivou, H. Alford, L. Arch, V. Barnes, R. Beadle, O. Bolade-Ogunfodun, M. Casson, A. Dobie, A. González Enciso, D. Koehn, M. Hanssen, B.M. McCall, G. Moore, L. Newton, J.V. Orón, G.R. Scalzo, A.J.G. Sison , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786431745
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als O'Callaghan, Terry, 1956 - Reputation risk and globalisation
    DDC: 658.049
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Globalisierung ; Self-regulation ; Industries Self-regulation ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Selbstregulation
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Towards corporate self-regulation -- 2. Disciplining MNCs: corporate reputation as a driver of ideational change -- 3. Exploring the idea of a self-regulating corporation -- 4. Royal Dutch Shell's PR-led approach to self-regulation -- 5. The rise and fall and rise of the Toyota way -- 6. Interface Inc: a model of a self-regulating corporation? -- 7. Conclusion: beyond sustainability and long live the Australian night parrot.
    Abstract: Recently, multinational corporations have begun to reinvent themselves as socially responsible actors, largely in response to anti-corporate activist pressure. The author argues that a concern with corporate reputation is leading to an ideational shift in corporate behaviour - in essence, it is disciplining their behaviour. This innovative exploration of the idea of a self-regulating corporation in an era of globalisation first examines the link between corporate reputation, corporate behaviour and self-regulation, and then goes on to compare and contrast various studies of multinational corporations that have sought to self-regulate. Terry O'Callaghan includes a multifaceted critique of anti-corporate activists. This acknowledges both the dangers that multinational corporations pose to communities, and that anti-corporate activists are the first group to understand the potential risk of targeted campaigns to corporate reputations. He also illustrates his points using three case studies of companies that have attempted to self-regulate: Royal Dutch Shell, the Toyota Motor Corporation and Interface Inc. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of international business, management and business ethics will be interested in the essential topics covered in this book. Academics and practitioners alike will appreciate its accessible lessons about reputational capital and holding multinational corporations accountable
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9781785363481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 396 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Connecting Asia
    DDC: 337.1/54
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionale Wirtschaftsintegration ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Grenzüberschreitender Verkehr ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Infrastrukturinvestition ; CGE-Modell ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; South Asia Economic integration ; Southeast Asia Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; Integration ; Südasien ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Internationaler Verkehr ; Regionale Wirtschaftskooperation ; Südostasien
    Abstract: pt. I. Hard infrastructure and financing -- pt. II. Soft infrastructure and impacts -- pt. III. National strategies for connectivity.
    Abstract: This book analyses how closer regional connectivity and economic integration between South Asia and Southeast Asia can benefit both regions. With a focus on the role played by infrastructure and public policies in facilitating this process, it provides a detailed and up-to-date discussion of issues, innovations, and progress. Country studies of national connectivity issues and policies cover Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Thailand, examining major developments in trade and investment, economic cooperation, the role of economic corridors, and regional cooperation initiatives. Thematic chapters explore investment in land and sea transport infrastructure, trade facilitation, infrastructure investment financing, supporting national and regional policies, and model-based estimates of the benefits of integration. They also identify significant opportunities for strengthening these integration efforts as a result of the recent opening up of Myanmar in political, economic, and financial terms. For the first time for these regions, the book employs a state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium (CGE) model incorporating heterogeneous firms to estimate the advantages of integration. Providing perspective on the latest thinking on integration policy, Connecting Asia is an essential resource for academics, policymakers, and business people alike
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781784716066
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The social enterprise zoo
    DDC: 361.765
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Forward / Dana Brakman-Reiser -- Preface / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer -- Part I: concepts and content -- 1. Introduction / Dennis R. Young and Cassady V. Brewer -- 2. Designing the zoo / Dennis R. Young and Wesley Longhofer -- 3. The ongoing evolution in social enterprise legal forms / Cassady V. Brewer -- Part II: how the zoo functions -- 4. Habitats in the zoo / Janelle A. Kerlin, Thema Monroe-White, and Sandy Zook -- 5. Ecologies within habitats of the zoo / Elizabeth A.M. Searing, Jesse D. Lecy, and Fredrik O. Andersson -- 6. Changes over the life cycles of social enterprise animals / Jesse Lecy and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- Part III: managing and governing the zoo -- 7. The role of social entrepreneurs in the social enterprise zoo / Dennis R. Young and Jesse Lecy -- 8. Feeding the animals / Elizabeth A.M. Searing and Dennis R. Young -- 9. Governing the zoo / Francesca Calo and Simon Teasdale -- Part IV: performance of the zoo -- 10. Social innovation in the zoo / Thema Monroe-White and Jesse D. Lecy -- 11. Resiliency and stability of the zoo animals / Jung-In Soh, Elizabeth A.m. Searing, and Dennis R. Young -- 12. Social impact of the social enterprise zoo / John E. Tyler III -- Conclusion implications for research, policy, and practice / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer.
    Abstract: The Social Enterprise Zoo employs the metaphor of the zoo to gain a more comprehensive understanding of social enterprise: the diversity of its forms; the various ways it is organized in different socio-political environments; how different forms of enterprise behave, interact, and thrive; and what lessons can be drawn for the future development and study of organizations that seek to balance social or environmental impact with economic success. After setting the stage with a thorough introduction, top scholars explore the different ways that social enterprises can be classified, nurtured, and understood. The book not only details the legal forms utilized in social enterprise and the social entrepreneurs involved in them, but it also addresses the reasons for the success or failure of these activities and looks at the ecologies in which they operate. The "zookeepers," such as governments and the regulatory regimes they establish, are compared and the important roles they play are examined. The volume concludes with a look at the future of social enterprise, providing suggestions for further research and implications for policy and practice. This innovative and accessible book is recommended for students, researchers, policymakers, entrepreneurs and managers of social purpose organizations
    Note: Contributors include: F.O. Andersson, D. Brakman-Reiser, C.V. Brewer, F. Calo, J.A. Kerlin, J.D. Lecy, W. Longhofer, T. Monroe-White, E.A.M. Searing, J.-I. Soh, S. Teasdale, J.E. Tyler III, D.R. Young, S. Zook , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368738
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intrapreneurship ; Dynamische Kompetenzen ; Risikokapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Introduction / Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and James C. Hayton -- Part I corporate entrepreneurship and internal venturing -- 1. Internal corporate venturing: a review of (almost) five decades of literature / Susan A. Hill and Stylianos Georgoulas -- 2. Who is the corporate entrepreneur? insights from opportunity discovery and creation theory / Henri Burgers and Vareska van De Vrande -- 3. A dynamic human capital perspective on corporate opportunity identification / Mathew Hughes, Deniz Ucbasaran and Miranda Lewis -- Part II corporate entrepreneurship and organizational capability -- 4. Towards a relational view of corporate entrepreneurship / Zeki Simsek and Ciaran Heavey -- 5. Institutionalizing corporate entrepreneurship as the firm's innovation function: reflections from a longitudinal research program / Gina Colarelli O'Connor -- 6. Strategic renewal and firm performance: implication of incremental versus radical change after environmental upheavals / Elton L. Scifres, James J. Chrisman and Esra Memili -- Part III corporate venture capital and external venturing -- 7. Corporate venture capital: important themes and future directions / Sandip Basu, Anu Wadhwa and Suresh Kotha -- 8. InnoVen and the Monsanto paradox: strategic exploration with the first external corporate venture capital fund / Mariann Jelinek and Diana Day -- 9. Explorative and exploitative learning from corporate venture capital: a model of program level determinants / Thomas Keil, Shaker A. Zahra and Markku Maula -- 10. What inventions do corporate entrepreneurship programs access? corporate venture capital investment in complementary and substituting ventures / Gary Dushnitsky and Miles Shaver.
    Abstract: Corporate entrepreneurship is about remaking organizations; it affects organizational cultures and systems which, in turn, influence the magnitude, direction and content of corporate entrepreneurship activities. This Handbook hopes to synthesize what we know and clarify what we need to know about key issues such as strategic renewal, innovation and venturing activities within established companies, giving direction to future research. This Handbook combines conceptual and empirical contributions covering a wide gamut of theories and perspectives that include: opportunity discovery vs. creation, the behavioral theory of the firm, learning, human capital, agency, and dynamic capabilities. The chapters uncover who the corporate entrepreneur is, how corporate entrepreneurs vary from their independent counterparts, how corporate entrepreneurship influences organizational performance, and the effect of incremental versus radical strategic renewal undertaken within corporate entrepreneurship on financial performance. They also investigate what an organization learns from corporate entrepreneurship, as well as the types of innovation that companies gain through corporate venturing capital investments. The diversity of authors, perspectives and foci of the chapters highlight the growing depth and breadth of the worldwide research on corporate entrepreneurship and the growing maturity of this research. This book will appeal to scholars and students of entrepreneurship and/or strategic management, as well as managers of established firms
    Note: Contributors include: S. Basu, H. Burgers, J.J. Chrisman, D. Day, G. Dushnitsky, S. Georgoulas, J. Hayton, C. Heavey, S.A. Hill, M. Hughes, M. Jelinek, T. Keil, S. Kotha, M. Lewis, M. Maula, E. Memili, D.O. Neubaum, G.C. O'Connor, E.L. Scifres, M. Shaver, Z. Simsek, D. Ucbasaran, V. Van De Vrande, A. Wadhwa, S.A. Zahra , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781783477388
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 502 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of retailing and distribution
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Handelsmanagement ; Vertrieb ; Retail trade Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Physical distribution of goods Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Agricultural economics ; Development economics ; Economics ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Einzelhandel ; Vertrieb ; Strukturwandel
    Abstract: pt. I. Development -- pt. II. Vertical organization -- pt. III. Horizontal organization and competition -- pt. IV. Sectors -- pt. V. Addendum.
    Abstract: This Handbook explores and critically examines current research in economics and marketing science on key issues in retailing and distribution. Providing a rich perspective for the discussion of public policy, contributions from several disciplines and continents range from the history of chains and the impact of multinational retailers on international trade patterns to US merger policy in the retail context, the rise of the Internet, and consumer-to-consumer sales. The chapters address methodological issues such as the structural estimation of entry games between retailers, productivity measurement when both inputs and output are not fully observable, and demand estimation with variable assortment. Policy issues explored include mergers, zoning, and the regulation of buyer power, while other chapters address some of the recent exciting developments in technology, retail formats, and data availability. The book goes on to study the changes in online retailing and 'big data', and to examine competition in specific retail sectors including gasoline stations, automobile dealerships, supermarkets, and 'big box' retail. This state-of-the-art Handbook is an essential reference for students and academics of economics and marketing science, and offers an outsider's perspective to specialists in operations research, data analytics, geography, and sociology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781781005859
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 256 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Cai, Fang, 1956 - China's economic growth prospects
    DDC: 338.951
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswachstum ; Demografischer Übergang ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Produktivität ; China ; Economic development ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Innovationsförderung ; Politische Reform ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Finanzreform ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Risiko ; China Economic conditions ; China ; Electronic books ; China ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. At the crossroads of long-term development -- 2. The development of a dual economy -- 3. The lewis turning point -- 4. The demographic dividend -- 5. Growing old before getting rich -- 6. The risk of a middle income trap -- 7. The new engine of economic growth -- 8. Macroeconomic policies in transition -- 9. Human capital accumulation -- 10. Reducing income inequality -- 11. Labor market institutions and social protections -- 12. Reaping China's reform dividends.
    Abstract: China has grown rapidly since the reform initiation of the 1970s. China's Economic Growth Prospects narrates the contribution of demographic transition to recent economic growth in China, and provides suggestions for ways in which it can sustain growth over the next few decades. The expert author provides reasons for the economic slowdown since the second decade of the twenty-first century; explores the challenges facing China's long-term sustainability of growth with the disappearance of demographic dividend; and proposes policy suggestions. He concludes that, in order to avoid the middle-income trap, economic growth in China must transform from an inputs-driven pattern, to a productivity-driven pattern. Academics, researchers and students of economics and business, particularly those specialising in China, will find this book to be a useful resource. Investment bankers, journalists, politicians and policy makers will find the discussions of past experience and the future potential of the Chinese economy to be of interest
    Note: Includes bibligoraphical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361302
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Atkinson, Glen Law and economics from an evolutionary perspective
    DDC: 340.09
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Handelsrecht ; Gesellschaftsrecht ; Rechtsökonomik ; Evolutionsökonomik ; USA ; Law and economic development ; Electronic books ; USA ; Handelsrecht ; Gesellschaftsrecht ; Ökonomische Theorie des Rechts
    Abstract: 1. Evolutionary method in law and economics -- 2. Causes and consequences of the widening of the market: a case of cumulative economic evolution -- 3. The corporate form and the state -- 4. Interstate commerce and state regulation of business -- 5. Interstate commerce and federal regulation of business -- 6. John R. Commons and co-evolution of law and economics.
    Abstract: Law and economics are interdependent. Using a historical case analysis approach, this book demonstrates how the legal process relates to and is affected by economic circumstances. Glen Atkinson and Stephen P. Paschall examine this co-evolution in the context of the economic development that occurred in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries as well as the impact of the law on that development. Specifically, the authors explore the development of a national market, the transformation of the corporation, and the conflict between state and federal control over businesses. Their focus on dynamic, integrated systems presents an alternative to mainstream law and economics. The authors apply John R. Commons's approach to three main law and economics issues: the changing relationship between corporations and the state, the application of the Commerce Clause and the Fourteenth Amendment of the US Constitution to state and federal regulation of business, and the relationship of antitrust law to industrialization. They provide a valuable linking of law with changing economic circumstances such as antitrust policy changes and the development of the corporate form. This analytical approach to the practice of law and economics will be of interest to researchers, students, and faculty in law and economics, economic history, constitutional law, economic regulation, public policy, and the sociology of law. Business students and researchers will also find value in this book's presentation of court decisions and exploration of economic development
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717322
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (768 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of standards
    Keywords: Standardisierung ; Standardization Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): George V. Thompson (1954), 'Intercompany, Technical Standardization in the Early American Automobile Industry', Journal of Economic History, 14 (1), Winter, 1-20 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1983), 'Standards as Public, Collective and Private Goods', Kyklos, 36 (3), 377-96 -- Joseph Farrell and Garth Saloner (1985), 'Standardization, Compatibility and Innovation,' Rand Journal of Economics, 16 (1), Spring, 70-83 -- Paul A. David and Shane Greenstein (1990), 'The Economics of Compatibility Standards: An Introduction to Recent Research', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1), 3-41 -- Stanley M. Besen and Joseph Farrell (1994), 'Choosing How to Compete: Strategies and Tactics in Standardization', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (2), Spring, 117-31 -- Mark A. Lemley (2002), 'Intellectual Property Rights and Standard-Setting Organizations,' California Law Review, 90 (6), December, 1889-980 -- Victor Stango (2004), 'The Economics of Standards Wars', Review of Network Economics, 3 (1), March, 1-19 -- Albert N. Link (1983), 'Market Structure and Voluntary Product Standards', Applied Economics, 15 (3), 393-401 -- Donald J. Lecraw (1984), 'Some Economic Effects of Standards', Applied Economics, 16 (4), 507-22 -- Shane Greenstein (1990), 'Creating Economic Advantage By Setting Compatibility Standards: Can ''Physical Tie-Ins" Extend Monopoly Power?' Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 63-83 -- Harald Gruber (2000), 'The Evolution of Market Structure in Semiconductors: The Role of Product Standards', Research Policy, 29 (6), 725-40 -- Joseph Farrell and Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Choosing the Rules for Consensus Standardization', Rand Journal of Economics, 43 (2), Summer, 235-52 -- Albert N. Link and Gregory Tassey (1988), 'Standards and the Diffusion of Advanced Technologies', Evaluation and Program Planning, 11 (1), 97-102 -- Paul A. David and W. Edward Steinmueller (1990), 'The ISDN Bandwagon Is Coming, but Who Will Be There to Climb Aboard?: Quandaries in The Economics of Data Communication Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 43-62 -- Jeffrey L. Funk and David T. Methe (2001), 'Market- and Committee-Based Mechanisms in the Creation and Diffusion of Global Industry Standards: The Case of Mobile Communication', Research Policy, 30 (4), 589-610 -- Jeffrey L. Funk (2003), 'Standards, Dominant Designs and Preferential Acquisition of Complementary Assets through Slight Information Advantages', Research Policy, 32 (8), 1325-41 -- Anat Hovav, Martin Hemmert and Yoo Jung Kim (2011), 'Determinants of Internet Standards Adoption: The Case of South Korea', Research Policy, 40 (2), 253-62 -- Raymond S. Hartman and David J. Teece (1990), 'Product Emulation Strategies in the Presence of Reputation Effects and Network Externalities: Some Evidence from the Minicomputer Industry', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 157-82 -- Garth Saloner (1990), 'Economic Issues in Computer Interface Standardization', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 135-56 --
    Abstract: Tom Cottrell (1994) 'Fragmented Standards and the Development of Japan's Microcomputer Software Industry', Research Policy, 23 (2), 143-74 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Shane Greenstein (1999), 'Technological Competition and the Structure of the Computer Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, 47 (1), March, 1-40 -- Wallace E. Oates, Paul R. Portney and Albert M. McGartland (1989), 'The Net Benefits of Incentive-Based Regulation: A Case Study of Environmental Standard Setting', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 1233-42 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Amit Chopra (1990), 'The Development of the Local Area Network Market as Determined by User Needs', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 97-110 -- Steven C. Salop (1990), 'Deregulating Self-Regulated Shared ATM Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 85-96 -- Bruce S. Tether, Christiane Hipp and Ian Miles (2001), 'Standardisation and Particularisation in Services: Evidence from Germany', Research Policy, 30 (7), August, 1115-38 -- Thomas A. Hemphill (2009), 'Technology Standards-Setting in the US Wireless Telecommunications Industry: A Study of Three Generations of Digital Standards Development', Telematics and Informatics, 26 (1), February, 103-24 -- Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2012), 'On the Social Value of Quality: An Economic Evaluation of the Baldrige Performance Excellence Program', Science and Public Policy, 39 (5), 680-89 -- Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Standard Setting Committees: Consensus Governance for Shared Technology Platforms', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 305-36 -- Gregory Tassey (1982), 'The Role of Government in Supporting Measurement Standards for High-Technology Industries', Research Policy, 11 (5), 311-20 -- Antonio J. Bailetti and John R. Callahan (1995), 'Managing Consistency between Product Development and Public Standards Evolution', Research Policy, 24 (6), 913-31 -- Bert Coursey and Albert N. Link (1998), 'Evaluating Technology-Based Public Institutions: The Case of Radiopharmaceutical Standards Research at the National Institute of Standards and Technology', Evaluation Review, 7 (3), December, 147-57 -- Danièle Bénézech, Gilles Lambert, Blandine Lanoux, Christophe Lerch and Jocelyne Loos-Baroin (2001), 'Completion of Knowledge Codification: An Illustration through the ISO 9000 Standards Implementation Process', Research Policy, 30 (9), 1395-407 -- Gregory Tassey (2005), 'Underinvestment in Public Good Technologies', Journal of Technology Transfer, 30 (1-2) 89-113 -- Michael P. Gallaher and Brent R. Rowe (2006), 'The Costs and Benefits of Transferring Technology Infrastructures Underlying Complex Standards: The Case of IPv6', Journal of Technology Transfer, 31 (5), 519-44.
    Abstract: The economics of standards explores papers by eminent scholars that study the role of standards in the competitive process, the diffusion of standards throughout the industry and the role of the public sector in support of standards development
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    ISBN: 9781785366642
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (816 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 1: Great economists since Petty and Boisguilbert
    Keywords: Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economists Biography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaftler ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. William Petty (1623-1687) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- 2. Pierre Le Pesant de Boisguilbert (1646-1714) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 3. John Law (1671-1729) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 4. Richard Cantillon (1680/90-1734) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 5. Charles-Louis de Secondat de Montesquieu (1689-1755) -- Arnaud Orain -- 6. François Quesnay (1694-1774) and Physiocracy -- Arnaud Orain and Philippe Steiner -- 7. Daniel Bernoulli (1700-1782) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 8. David Hume (1711-1776) -- Daniel Diatkine -- 9. James Steuart [James Denham-Steuart] (1712-1780) -- Anthony Brewer -- Antonio Genovesi (1713-1769): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 10. Adam Smith (1723-1790) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- Jean-Joseph-Louis Graslin (1727-1790): see French Enlightenment, Volume II -- 11. Anne-Robert-Jacques Turgot (1727-1781) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- Ferdinando Galiani (1728-1787): see French & Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Pietro Verri (1728-1797): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Cesare Bonesana Beccaria (1738-1794): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 12. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas Caritat de Condorcet (1743-1794) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 13. Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) -- Marco E. L. Guidi -- 14. Achille-Nicolas Isnard (1749-1803) -- Richard van den Berg -- 15. Henry Thornton (1760-1815) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 16. Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) -- Catherine Martin -- 17. Jean-Baptiste Say (1767-1832) -- Alain Béraud -- 18. David Ricardo (1772-1823) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 19. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi (1773-1842) -- Francesca Dal Degan and Nicolas Eyguesier -- 20. Thomas Tooke (1774-1858) -- Neil Skaggs -- 21. Johann Heinrich von Thünen (1780-1850) -- Ludwig Nellinger -- 22. Robert Torrens (c.1780-1864) -- Christian Gehrke -- 23. Barthélémy-Charles Dunoyer de Segonzac -- Alain Béraud -- 24. Friedrich List (1789-1846) -- Stefan Kolev and Joachim Zweynert -- 25. Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850) -- Alain Béraud -- 26. Antoine-Augustin Cournot (1801-1877) -- Alain Béraud -- 27. Jules Dupuit (1804-1866) -- Alain Béraud -- 28. John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) -- Arrigo Opocher -- 29. Pierre-Joseph Proudhon (1809-1865) -- Alain Béraud -- 30. Hermann Heinrich Gossen (1810-1858) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 31. Bruno Hildebrand (1812-1878) -- Bertram Schefold -- 32. Wilhelm George Friedrich Roscher (1817-1894) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 33. Karl Heinrich Marx (1818-1883) -- Gilbert Faccarello, Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 34. Clément Juglar (1819-1905) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrande -- 35. Gustave de Molinari (1819-1912) -- Alain Béraud -- 36. Walter Bagehot (1826-1877) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 37. Adolph Heinrich Gotthilf Wagner (1834-1917) -- Rudolf Dujmovits and Richard Sturn -- 38. Marie Esprit Léon Walras (1834-1910) -- Roberto Baranzini -- 39. William Stanley Jevons (1835-1882) -- John Creedy -- 40. Gustav Friedrich von Schmoller (1838-1917) -- Johannes Glaeser -- 41. Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900) -- Keith Tribe -- 42. Alfred Marshall (1842-1924) -- Tiziano Raffaelli -- 43. Carl Menger (1840-1921) -- Gilles Campagnolo -- 44. Philip Henry Wicksteed (1844-1927) -- John Creedy -- 45. Francis Ysidro Edgeworth (1845-1926) -- John Creedy -- 46. John Bates Clark (1847-1938) -- Marlies Hanna Schütz -- 47. Vilfedo Pareto (1848-1923) -- Michael McLure -- 48. Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk (1851-1914) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 49. Knut Wicksell (1851-1926) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 50. Friedrich von Wieser (1851-1926) -- Richard Sturn -- 51. Maffeo Pantaleoni (1857-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 52. Thorstein Bunde Veblen (1857-1929) -- Alfonso Giuliani -- 53. Antonio De Viti de Marco (1858-1943) -- Amedeo Fossati -- 54. John Atkinson Hobson (1858-1940) -- Michael Schneider -- 55. Georg Simmel (1858-1918) -- Dieter Bögenhold -- 56. Enrico Barone (1859-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 57. Max Weber (1864-1920) -- Keith Tribe -- 58. Mikhail Ivanovich Tugan-Baranovsky (1865-1919) -- Vladimir Avtonomov and Natalia Makasheva -- 59. Gustav Cassel (1866-1945) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 60. Irving Fisher (1867-1947) -- Harald Hagemann -- 61. Ladislaus von Bortkiewicz (1868-1931) -- Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 62. Vladimir Karpovich Dmitriev (1868-1913) -- Christian Gehrke -- 63. Louis Bachelier (1870-1946) -- Alain Béraud -- 64. Arthur Spiethoff (1873-1957) -- David Haas -- 65. Albert Aftalion (1874-1956) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand -- 66. Wesley Clair Mitchell (1874-1948) -- Malcolm Rutherford -- 67. Edwin Walter Kemmerer (1875-1945) -- Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 68. Arthur Cecil Pigou (1877-1959) -- Hansjörg Klausinger -- 69. Ralph George Hawtrey (1879-1975) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 70. Evgeni Evgenievich Slutsky (1880-1948) -- Irina Eliseeva -- 71. Ludwig Heinrich von Mises (1881-1973) -- Richard Sturn -- 72. John Maynard Keynes (1883-1946) -- Victoria Chick and Jesper Jespersen -- 73. Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883-1950) -- Richard Sturn -- 74. Frank H. Knight (1885-1972) -- Ross B. Emmett -- 75. Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 76. Walter Eucken (1891-1950) -- Hauke Janssen -- 77. Erik Lindahl (1891-1960) -- Christian Gehrke -- 78. Adolph Lowe (1893-1995) -- Harald Hagemann -- 79. Ragnar Anton Kittil Frisch (1895-1973) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 80. Jacob Marschak (1898-1977) -- Harald Hagemann -- 81. Gunnar Myrdal (1898-1987) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 82. Lionel Charles Robbins (1898-1984) -- Andreas Rainer -- 83. Piero Sraffa (1898-1983) -- Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 84. Edward H. Chamberlin (1899-1967) -- Rodolfo Signorino -- 85. Friedrich August von Hayek (1899-1992) -- Peter Boettke -- 86. Michał Kalecki (1899-1970) -- Michaël Assous -- 87. Roy Forbes Harrod (1900-1978) -- Michaël Assous -- 88. Abba Ptachya Lerner (1903-1982) -- Volker Caspari -- 89. John von Neumann (1903-1957) -- Manfred J. Holler -- 90. Frank Plumpton Ramsey (1903-1930) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ragupathy Venkatachalam -- 91. Joan Violet Robinson (1903-1983) -- Harvey Gram -- 92. George Lennox Sharman Shackle (1903-1992) -- Brian J. Loasby -- 93. Jan Tinbergen (1903-1994) -- Mark Knell -- 94. John Richard Hicks (1904-1989) -- Harald Hagemann -- 95. Oskar Ryszard Lange (1904-1965) -- Michaël Assous -- 96. Richard Ferdinand Kahn (1905-1989) -- Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 97. Wassily W. Leontief (1905-1999) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 98. Heinrich von Stackelberg (1905-1946) -- Ulrich Schwalbe -- 99. James Edward Meade (1907-1995) -- Volker Caspari -- 100. Nicholas Kaldor (1908-1986) -- John E. King -- 101. Ronald Harry Coase (1910-2013) -- Élodie Bertrand -- 102. Richard Abel Musgrave (1910-2007) -- Richard Sturn -- 103. Tibor Scitovsky (1910-2002) -- Viviana Di Giovinazzo -- 104. Maurice Allais (1911-2010) -- Alain Béraud -- 105. Milton Friedman (1912-2006) -- Christian Philipp Schröder and Peter Spahn -- 106. Abram Bergson [Abram Burk] (1914-2003) -- Antoinette Baujard -- 107. Paul Anthony Samuelson (1915-2009) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 108. Herbert Alexander Simon (1916-2001) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ying-Fang Kao -- 109. James Tobin (1918-2002) -- Robert W. Dimand -- 110. James M. Buchanan (1919-2013) -- Viktor Vanberg -- 111. Hyman Philip Minsky (1919-1996) -- L. Randall Wray -- 112. Kenneth Joseph Arrow (1921) -- Maurice Salles -- 113. Gérard Debreu (1921-2004) -- Alan Kirman -- 114. Don Patinkin (1922-1995) -- Goulven Rubin -- 115. Michio Morishima (1923-2004) -- Toichiro Asada -- 116. Robert Merton Solow (1924) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 117. John Forbes Nash (1928-2015) -- Robert W. Diamand and Khalid Yahia -- 118. Robert Alexander Mundell (1932) -- Oliver Sauter and Peter Spahn -- 119. Takashi Negishi (1933) -- Toichiro Asada -- 120. Amartya Kumar Sen (1933) -- Wulf Gaertner -- 121. Robert E. Lucas (1937) -- Arash Molavi Vasséi snd Peter Spahn -- 122. George Akerlof (1940) -- Olivier Favereau -- 123. Joseph Eugene Stiglitz (1943) -- Max Gödl -- 124. Paul Robin Krugman (1953) -- Max Gödl.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume I contains original biographical profiles of many of the most important and influential economists from the seventeenth century to the present day. These inform the reader about their lives, works and impact on the further development of the discipline. The emphasis is on their lasting contributions to our understanding of the complex system known as the economy. The entries also shed light on the means and ways in which the functioning of this system can be improved and its dysfunction reduced
    Note: Contributors include: T. Asada, T. Aspromourgos, M. Assous, V. Avtonomov, R. Baranzini, A. Baujard, A. Béraud, É. Bertrand, O. Bjerkholt, P. Boettke, D. Bögenhold, A. Brewer, G. Campagnolo, V. Caspari, V. Chick J. Creedy, F. Dal Degan, M. Dal Pont-Legrande, M. Dardi, J. de Boyer des Roches, D. Diatkine, V. Di Giovinazzo, R.W. Dimand, R. Dujmovits, I. Eliseeva, R.B. Emmett, N. Eyguesier, G. Faccarello, O. Favereau, A. Fossati, W. Gaertner, C. Gehrke, A. Giuliani, J. Glaeser, M. Gödl, R. Gómez Betancourt, H. Gram, M.E.L. Guidi, D. Haas, H. Hagemann, G.C. Harcourt, M.J. Holler, H. Janssen, J. Jespersen, J. Joachim Zweynert, P. Kalmbach, Y.-F. Kao, J.E. King, A. Kirman, H. Klausinger, M. Knell, S. Kolev, H.D. Kurz, B.J. Loasby, N. Makasheva, C. Martin, M. McLure, A. Molavi Vasséi, A.E. Murphy, L. Nellinger, S. Oliver, A. Opocher, A. Orain, T. Raffaelli, A. Rainer, G. Rubin, M. Rutherford, M. Salles, N. Salvadori,B. Schefold, M. Schneider, C.P. Schröder, M.H. Schütz, U. Schwalbe, R. Signorino, N. Skaggs, P. Spahn, P. Steiner, R. Sturn, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe, R. Van den Berg, V. Vanberg, K. Velupillai, R. Venkatachalam, C.C. von Weizsäcker, L.R. Wray, K. Yahia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719951
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in the economics of sport
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Sports through the lens of economic history
    DDC: 338.4/7796
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Profisport ; Sportbranche ; Wirtschaftsgeschichte ; Sports Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Berufssport ; Sportwirtschaft ; Wirtschaftsgeschichte
    Abstract: 1. Sports economics and the sports industry: perspectives in economic history / John K. Wilson -- 2. The evolution of professional team sports / Richard Pomfret -- 3. The very short tenure of foreign players in Japanese professional baseball, 1951-2004 / Akihiko Kawaura and Sumner La Croix -- 4. An economic history of the Tour de France, 1903-2015 / Jean-François Mignot -- 5. The relationship between crowd attendance and competitive balance - evidence from the SANFL 1920-83 / John K. Wilson -- 6. Ground sharing between cricket and football in Australia / Lionel Frost, Margaret Lightbody, Abdel K. Halabi, Amanda Carter and Luc Borrowman -- 7. Workers' playtime: developing an explanatory typology of work-associated sport in Britain / Wray Vamplew -- 8. Ethnic inequality in professional sport: a question of discrimination in the National Hockey League draft / John Cranfield, Kris Inwood and J. Andrew Ross -- 9. Epilogue / Richard Pomfret.
    Abstract: From professional team sports to international events such as the Olympics and Tour de France, the modern sports industry continues to attract a large number of spectators and participants. This book, edited by Richard Pomfret and John K. Wilson analyzes the economic evolution of sports over the last 150 years, from a pastime activity to a big business enterprise. It begins at a time when entrepreneurs and players first started making money from professional sports leagues, through to the impact of radio and TV in the twentieth century, and onto the present day. Using examples from sports across the world, the chapters cover such important issues as player migration, labor market restrictions, stadium arrangements and the rise and fall of workplace provisions. Unlike most sports economic texts, the contributors featured here provide insights into the historical origins of many practices and policies peculiar to the industry. This historical perspective casts light onto the development of practices, such as labor market regulations and public policies, which have become more prevalent in the modern age. The non-technical, user-friendly nature of this book will appeal to many students, particularly those enrolled in sports economics courses - a field of study which is increasingly common. Academics will also find this book to be a timely reference for their research and teaching
    Note: Contributors include: L. Borrowman, A. Carter, J. Cranfield, L. Frost, A.K. Halabi, K. Inwood, A. Kawaura, S. La Croix, M. Lightbody, J.-F. Mignot, R. Pomfret, J.A. Ross, W. Vamplew, J.K. Wilson , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    ISBN: 9781849805759
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Research and development partnership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Public research enterprises: the changing landscape -- 2. The scientific research process -- 3. Public good versus private good research: the empirical evidence -- 4. Crowding-in versus crowding-out of public good research -- 5. Knowledge creation and the research and development process -- 6. PPRPs: the benefits and risks of the bargain -- 7. Governance structures and collective decision making -- 8. Incomplete contracts and control premiums -- 9. Impure goods and the structure of contracts -- 10. The structural setting: the stages of research and development -- 11. Lessons and recommendations.
    Abstract: University research has played an essential role in economic growth by generating public good outputs that have not readily lent themselves to private market development. As funding for universities and governmental research units has declined, these institutions have turned to the private sector to augment their research and development budgets. This book presents a framework for structuring public-private research partnerships that protect both these institutions' academic freedom and the private firm's corporate interests. The authors present a four-stage framework that recognizes the critical role of 'control rights' and reveals how these rights can be effectively identified, valued, and allocated between research partners. The book provides a number of template designs for a variety of research partnerships, including tactics and strategies for implementing successful public-private research partnerships. It further provides case studies with examples of both successful and unsuccessful research partnerships. The book demonstrates that universities are empowered when they pursue private partners actively and when contracts preserve academic freedom, address confidentiality, specify intellectual property rights, define access to proprietary data, clarify the conflict resolution process, and address potential publication delays. This book is an essential and illuminating resource for academic researchers in economics and public policy departments, technology transfer offices, as well as others involved in university and public administration
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...